2. 善慧发愿故事的注释巴利
2. Sumedhapatthanākathāvaṇṇanā
在十万劫,还有四阿僧祇劫之中;
有一座城市叫阿摩罗,好看又让人心里欢喜。巴利
‘‘Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye; Amaraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, dassaneyyaṃ manorama’’nti. –
现在到了开始讲《佛种姓》注释的时候了。不过,这部《佛种姓》注释,要先考察经的安立方式才能讲得清楚,所以先得了解经的安立方式。经的安立方式有四种:依自己的意乐、依他人的意乐、因提问而起、依因缘而起。其中,凡是世尊没有经过他人劝请、完全凭自己的意乐而说的经,比如《愿经》《衣经》等,这些经的安立方式就是依自己的意乐。巴利
Ādinayappavattāya buddhavaṃsavaṇṇanāya okāso anuppatto. Sā panesā buddhavaṃsavaṇṇanā yasmā suttanikkhepaṃ vicāretvā vuccamānā pākaṭā hoti, tasmā suttanikkhepavicāraṇā tāva veditabbā. Cattāro hi suttanikkhepā attajjhāsayo parajjhāsayo pucchāvasiko aṭṭhuppattikoti. Tattha yāni suttāni bhagavā parehi anajjhiṭṭho kevalaṃ attano ajjhāsayena kathesi. Seyyathidaṃ – ākaṅkheyyasuttaṃ (ma. ni. 1.64 ādayo) vatthasuttanti (ma. ni. 1.70 ādayo) evamādīni, tesaṃ attajjhāsayo nikkhepo.
或者,还有一类经是世尊先观察了别人的意乐、信受程度、心性和领悟能力之后,随顺他人的意乐而说的。比如,世尊观察到“罗睺罗的解脱成熟之法已经圆满,我现在应当进一步教导罗睺罗,让他断尽诸漏”(相应部 4.121),于是说了《罗睺罗教诫经》,还有《转法轮经》等。这些经的安立方式就是“随顺他人意乐”。巴利
Yāni vā pana ‘‘paripakkā kho rāhulassa vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ rāhulaṃ uttariṃ āsavānaṃ khaye vineyya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.121) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ khantiṃ manaṃ bujjhanakabhāvañca oloketvā parajjhāsayavasena kathitāni. Seyyathidaṃ – rāhulovādasuttaṃdhammacakkappavattanasuttanti (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) evamādīni, tesaṃ parajjhāsayo nikkhepo.
天与人来到世尊面前,各自向世尊提问。世尊被这样问到时,所讲说的《天相应》(相应部 1.1 等)、《觉支相应》(相应部 5.182 等)等经典,这些经典的安立方式就是“因问而安立”。巴利
Bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā te te devamanussā pañhaṃ pucchanti. Evaṃ puṭṭhena pana bhagavatā yāni kathitāni devatāsaṃyutta (saṃ. ni. 1.1 ādayo) bojjhaṅgasaṃyuttādīni (saṃ. ni. 5.182 ādayo) tesaṃ pucchāvasiko nikkhepo.
或者,另外那些依据已生起的因缘而宣说的经典,比如《法嗣经》、子肉譬喻经等,它们的安立方式就是依因缘而起。这样,在这四种经典的安立方式当中,这部《佛种姓》的安立方式是因问而起,因为这是世尊因他人提问而安立的。因谁的提问呢?因尊者舍利弗长老的提问。这在这部经的因缘部分中就已经说过了——巴利
Yāni vā pana uppannaṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca desitāni dhammadāyāda- (ma. ni. 1.29 ādayo) puttamaṃsūpamādīni (saṃ. ni. 2.63), tesaṃ aṭṭhuppattiko nikkhepo. Evametesu catūsu suttanikkhepesu imassa buddhavaṃsassa pucchāvasiko nikkhepo. Pucchāvasena hi bhagavatā ayaṃ nikkhitto. Kassa pucchāvasena? Āyasmato sāriputtattherassa. Vuttañhetaṃ asmiṃ nidānasmiṃ eva –
舍利弗有大智慧,精通定与禅那;
他以智慧到达彼岸,向世间导师发问:
大雄啊,人中最上者,你的大誓愿是怎样的?巴利
‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Paññāya pāramippatto, pucchati lokanāyakaṃ; Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttamā’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.74-75) –
Ādi 是接续前文引文的“……等等”。因此,这部《佛种姓》的教说应知是属于“由提问引出的”那一类。巴利
Ādi. Tenesā buddhavaṃsadesanā pucchāvasikāti veditabbā.
在这里,“在十万劫中”这个说法里,“劫”这个词出现在很多不同的用法中:表示深信、日常用语、时间、命名、截断、选择、少许、遍满、寿劫、大劫等等。比如在“这确实值得对乔达摩尊者生起净信,就像对阿罗汉、正自觉者那样”这类句子里,它表示深信。在“诸比丘,我允许用五种沙门式的处理方法吃水果”这类句子里,它是日常用语。在“我常常这样度过”这类句子里,它表示时间。在“这位尊者名叫劫”以及“他名叫尼拘律劫,世尊,这是您给那位婆罗门起的名字”这类句子里,它是命名。在“打扮整齐,须发修剪好了”这类句子里,它是截断、修剪的意思。在“两指宽的布片是允许的”这类句子里,它是选择、样式。在“有机会躺下”这类句子里,它是少许、些许。在“遍照整个祇园”这类句子里,它是遍满、周围。在“尊者世尊,请住一劫,善逝请住一劫”这里,指的是寿劫。在“尊者,一劫到底有多长”这里,指的是大劫。通过“等等”这个词,还能看到在“据说我们与像导师一样的弟子交谈时,竟没认出来”这类句子里,它表示相似、冒充。在“样式丢了,做样式的地方也旧了”这类句子里,它是律藏里的“劫”。但在这里,应当理解为大劫。所以“在十万劫中”的意思就是“在十万个大劫中”。“以及四不可数”这句,应当补上“在四不可数的顶端”这个说法。意思就是:在超过十万劫的四个不可数劫的顶端。有一座城市名叫阿玛拉,它得到了“阿玛拉”和“阿玛拉瓦蒂”这两个名字。这里有些人用别的方式解释,但那又怎样呢?这不过是那座城市的名字罢了。“值得一看”:因为它布局匀称,有种种美丽的广场、城门、十字路口、围墙、环绕的围障、宫殿、高楼和住宅,装饰得很漂亮,所以值得一看。“令人心动”:因为地面平坦、洁净、极其可爱,有树荫和水源,容易得到食物,一切用具齐备,样样丰足,能让天神和人类等心生欢喜,所以令人心动。巴利
Tattha kappe ca satasahasseti ettha kappa-saddo panāyaṃ abhisaddahanavohārakālapaññattichedanavikappanalesasamantabhāvaāyukappamahākappādīsu dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘okappanīyametaṃ bhoto gotamassa. Yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) abhisaddahane dissati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahi samaṇakappehi phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti evamādīsu (cūḷava. 250) vohāre. ‘‘Yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) kāle. ‘‘Iccāyasmā kappo’’ti (su. ni. 1098; cūḷani. kappamāṇavapucchā 117; kappamāṇavapucchāniddesa 61) ca, ‘‘nigrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṃ, tayā kataṃ bhagavā brāhmaṇassā’’ti ca evamādīsu (su. ni. 346) paññattiyaṃ. ‘‘Alaṅkato kappitakesamassū’’ti evamādīsu (jā. 2.22.1368) chedane. ‘‘Kappati dvaṅgulakappo’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 446) vikappe. ‘‘Atthi kappo nipajjitu’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 8.80) lese. ‘‘Kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā’’tiādīsu samantabhāve. ‘‘Tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappa’’nti (dī. ni. 2.178; udā. 51) ettha āyukappe. ‘‘Kīva dīgho nu kho, bhante, kappo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.128-129) ettha mahākappe. Ādisaddena ‘‘satthukappena vata kira, bho, mayaṃ sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā na jānimhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.260) ettha paṭibhāge. ‘‘Kappo naṭṭho hoti. Kappakatokāso jiṇṇo hotī’’ti (pāci. 371) ettha vinayakappe. Idha pana mahākappe daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā kappe ca satasahasseti mahākappānaṃ satasahassānanti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.29; 3.275; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1; a. ni. aṭṭha. 2.3.128; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 5.maṅgalasutta, evamiccādipāṭhavaṇṇanā; su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanā; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā.1; cūḷani. aṭṭha. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesavaṇṇanā). Caturo ca asaṅkhiyeti ‘‘catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake’’ti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthaketi attho. Amaraṃ nāma nagaranti ‘‘amara’’nti ca ‘‘amaravatī’’ti ca laddhanāmaṃ nagaraṃ ahosi. Keci panettha aññenāpi pakārena vaṇṇayanti, kiṃ tehi, nāmamattaṃ panetaṃ tassa nagarassa. Dassaneyyanti suvibhattavicitra-caccaradvāra-catukkasiṅghāṭika-pākāra-parikkhepapāsāda- hammiya-bhavana-samalaṅkatattā dassanīyaṃ. Manoramanti samasuciparamaramaṇīyabhūmibhāgattā chāyūdakasampannattā sulabhāhārattā sabbopakaraṇayuttattā ca samiddhattā devamanussādīnaṃ mano ramayatīti manoramaṃ.
用这十种声音来说“不安静”:象声、马声、车声、大鼓声、螺贝声、腰鼓声、琴声、歌声、铙钹声,以及“吃吧!喝吧!嚼吧!”这第十种声音。也就是说,被这十种声音弄得毫不安静,意思是说,那里时时刻刻都有无与伦比的节庆、集会和戏剧表演在举行。“饭食与水相杂”:就是由四种食物和饮料很好地结合在一起,这里显示的是食物丰足,意思是有许多饭食和饮料相杂。巴利
Dasahi saddehi avivittanti hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena saṅkhasaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena sammatāḷasaddena ‘‘bhuñjatha pivatha khādathā’’ti dasamena saddenāti; imehi dasahi saddehi avivittaṃ ahosi, sabbakālaṃ anupamussavasamajjanāṭakā kīḷantīti attho. Annapānasamāyutanti annena catubbidhenāhārena ca pānena ca suṭṭhu āyutaṃ annapānasamāyutaṃ, iminā subhikkhatā dassitā, bahuannapānasamāyutanti attho.
现在,为了从依据上说明这十种声音——巴利
Idāni te dasa sadde vatthuto dassanatthaṃ –
象的叫声、马的叫声,还有大鼓声、螺贝声和车声;
吃吧,喝吧,并且以饮食宣告,如是说。巴利
‘‘Hatthisaddaṃ assasaddaṃ, bherisaṅkharathāni ca; Khādatha pivatha ceva, annapānena ghosita’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
这里,“象声”是指大象的鸣叫声,应当理解为表示工具的格位。其余几个词也照同样的方式理解。“鼓、螺、车”的意思就是:鼓声、螺声和车声。这是用语法变化的形式来说的,意思是以“吃吧,喝吧”这样一类与饮食相关的方式所发出的喧腾回响。这里有人问:那些声音只显示了一部分,而不是全部吗?并不是只显示一部分,完整的十种声音都已经显示出来了。怎么显示的呢?鼓声里已经包含了腰鼓声,螺声里已经包含了琴声、歌声和铙钹声,所以十种声音都显示出来了。巴利
Tattha hatthisaddanti hatthīnaṃ koñcanādasaddena, karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Bherisaṅkharathāni cāti bherisaddena ca saṅkhasaddena ca rathasaddena cāti attho. Liṅgavipariyāsena vuttaṃ, ‘khādatha pivathā’ti evamādinayappavattena annapānapaṭisaṃyuttena ghositaṃ abhināditanti attho. Etthāha – tesaṃ pana saddānaṃ ekadesova dassito, na sakaloti? Na ekadeso sakalo dasavidho dassitova. Kathaṃ? Bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddo saṅgahito, saṅkhasaddena vīṇāgītasammatāḷasaddā saṅgahitāti daseva dassitā.
就这样,从一个角度描述了这座城市的富庶之后,为了再次展示它,接着说道:巴利
Evaṃ ekena pariyāyena nagarasampattiṃ vaṇṇetvā puna tameva dassetuṃ –
这座城具备一切完备的条件,各种工艺应有尽有,七宝具足,汇聚了形形色色的人群;
这座城繁荣富足,就像天神的都城一样,是福德之人居住的地方。以上就是所说的内容。巴利
‘‘Nagaraṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ, sabbakammamupāgataṃ, sattaratanasampannaṃ, nānājanasamākulaṃ; Samiddhaṃ devanagaraṃva, āvāsaṃ puññakammina’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
这里,“具足一切支分”的意思是:城墙、城门、望楼等整座城市的各部分都完备无缺;或者说,一切用具、财富、粮食、草薪和水都圆满充足。“一切事业皆成就”的意思是:具备一切技艺和事务,也就是一切工艺技术都已完备。“七宝具足”是指珍珠等七宝圆满;又因为这里是转轮圣王居住的地方,所以也具足以象宝为首的七宝。“杂居种种人”是指聚集了来自不同地方、说不同语言的众人。“繁荣”是指人们享用的一切资具丰足兴盛。或者说“如天城”,意思是像天城一样,像阿喇咖曼达、阿玛拉瓦提那样繁荣。“福德者之住处”:有福德的人住在这里,所以叫住处。应当知道,本来应该说“āvāso”,这里作了性别差异,说成“āvāsa”。“福德”:因为能凭家族、相貌、大财富和自在而显扬,所以叫福德;或者说,因为能净化,所以叫福德。由于能除去一切善法上的垢秽,那些拥有这种福德业的人就是“福德者”;这句话的意思是,这里是那些福德者的住处。巴利
Tattha sabbaṅgasampannanti pākāragopuraṭṭālakādisabbanagarāvayavasampannaṃ, paripuṇṇasabbavittūpakaraṇadhanadhaññatiṇakaṭṭhodakanti vā attho. Sabbakammamupāgatanti sabbakammantena upagataṃ, samupagatasabbakammantanti attho. Sattaratanasampannanti paripuṇṇamuttādisattaratanaṃ, cakkavattinivāsabhūmito vā hatthiratanādīhi sattaratanehi sampannaṃ. Nānājanasamākulanti nānāvidhadesabhāsehi janehi samākulaṃ. Samiddhanti manussopabhogasabbopakaraṇehi samiddhaṃ phītaṃ. Devanagaraṃ vāti devanagaraṃ viya ālakamandā viya amaravatī samiddhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Āvāsaṃ puññakamminanti āvasanti ettha puññakammino janāti āvāso. ‘‘Āvāso’’ti vattabbe ‘‘āvāsa’’nti liṅgabhedaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Paññāyati tenāti puññaṃ, kularūpamahābhogissariyavasena paññāyatīti attho. Punātīti vā puññaṃ. Sabbakusalamalarajāpavāhakattā puññaṃ kammaṃ yesaṃ atthi te puññakammino, tesaṃ puññakamminaṃ āvāsabhūtanti attho.
那时,有个叫善慧的婆罗门住在那里。他父母双方血统都很纯正,从母亲和父亲两边算起,七代以来家世清白,从没因为出身被人轻视或指责过。他长得端正俊美,看着就让人欢喜,相貌殊胜到了极点。他精通三部吠陀,连同词汇、仪轨、音韵、语法,还有作为第五部的古史传说;他擅长文辞,语法上没有毛病,对世间论典和大人相也都通达。但他还在年幼时,父母就去世了。那时,替他管理财产的官员拿来账册,打开堆满金、银、摩尼、珍珠等各种珍宝的库房,对他说:“孩子,这些是你母亲的财物,这些是你父亲的,这些是你祖父、曾祖父的……”这样一直说到第七代祖先,把财产一一交代清楚后,交给他:“这些就由你来接管吧。”他答应说“好”,接受了财产,然后广行福德,过着在家生活。因此说道:巴利
Tattha sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo paṭivasati ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādena, abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato, so tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū ahosi sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ padako veyyākaraṇo anavayo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu. Tassa pana daharakāleyeva mātāpitaro kālamakaṃsu. Athassa rāsivaḍḍhako amacco āyapotthakaṃ āharitvā suvaṇṇarajatamaṇimuttādivividharatanabharite gabbhe vivaritvā – ‘‘etthakaṃ te, kumāra, mātu santakaṃ, etthakaṃ pitu santakaṃ, etthakaṃ ayyakapayyakāna’’nti yāva sattamā kulaparivaṭṭā dhanaṃ ācikkhitvā – ‘‘etaṃ paṭipajjāhī’’ti niyyātesi. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā puññāni karonto agāraṃ ajjhāvasi. Tena vuttaṃ –
在不死城阿摩罗婆提里,有一位名叫善慧的婆罗门;
他积累了无数亿的财富,拥有大量钱财和粮食。巴利
‘‘Nagare amaravatiyā, sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo; Anekakoṭisannicayo, pahūtadhanadhaññavā.
他是经师,是持咒者,已经通达三部吠陀。
在相术和古史传说方面,以及在自己的宗教法上,都已到达彼岸。巴利
‘‘Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū; Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato’’ti.
在这里,“在阿摩罗瓦蒂城中”就是指在名为阿摩罗瓦蒂的城市里。“名为善慧”:这里的“medhā”是指慧。他的慧美好又值得称赞,所以就被称为“善慧”。“婆罗门”:修习梵、学习梵的人就是婆罗门,意思是讽诵咒语的人。不过,文字论师们说“梵天之子就是婆罗门”,而圣者们则说,断除了罪恶的人才是婆罗门。“积聚无量俱胝财”:“俱胝的积聚”就是“俱胝积聚”,他拥有无量的俱胝积聚,也就是拥有数不清的俱胝财富积聚。“拥有众多的财富与谷物”:就是拥有丰足的钱财与谷物。应当知道,前一句是就藏在地下、藏在库房里的钱财与谷物来说的,这一句则是就日常受用的钱财与谷物来说的。巴利
Tattha nagare amaravatiyāti amaravatīsaṅkhāte nagare. Sumedho nāmāti ettha ‘‘medhā’’ti paññā vuccati. Sā tassa sundarā pasatthāti sumedhoti paññāyittha. Brāhmaṇoti brahmaṃ aṇati sikkhatīti brāhmaṇo, mante sajjhāyatīti attho . Akkharacintakā pana ‘‘brahmuno apaccaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti vadanti. Ariyā pana bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇāti. Anekakoṭisannicayoti koṭīnaṃ sannicayo koṭisannicayo, aneko koṭisannicayo yassa soyaṃ anekakoṭisannicayo, anekakoṭi dhanasannicayoti attho. Pahūtadhanadhaññavāti bahuladhanadhaññavā. Purimaṃ bhūmigatagabbhagatadhanadhaññavasena vuttaṃ, idaṃ niccaparibhogūpagatadhanadhaññavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
“诵咒者”就是“不修禅那的人”,意思是缺乏禅那的修习。经中这样说:“如今这些人不修禅那。‘如今这些人不修禅那,婆悉咤,他们就被称为诵咒者、诵咒者’,第三个名称就是这样产生的。”(《长部》3.132)在最初劫的时代,对没有禅那的婆罗门就出现了这样的斥责语。现在,人们把诵习咒语的人称为“诵咒者”,用“转动咒语的人”这个含义作为赞叹语来使用。能持咒的人称为“持咒者”。“通达三吠陀”是指对《梨俱吠陀》《夜柔吠陀》《沙磨吠陀》这三吠陀完全通达。不过,“吠陀”这个词也出现在智慧、喜悦、典籍等语境中。比如在“若知其为通达吠陀的婆罗门,无所拥有,于欲有中不染着”(《经集》1065)等句中,它出现在智慧的含义上;在“那些对吠陀生起喜悦而游历世间的人”(《增支部》4.57)等句中,出现在喜悦的含义上;在“通达三吠陀,并通晓词汇、仪轨……”(《长部》1.256)等句中,出现在典籍的含义上。这里也是指典籍(《中部义注》1.75)。“到达彼岸”:仅仅通过以唇舌诵读的方式,便抵达了三吠陀的终点,这就是“到达彼岸”。“相”:指女相、男相、大士相等各种相。“历史”:指“过去如此,过去如此”这类说法所关联的、被称为古老传说的特殊典籍。“自法”:指婆罗门自己的法,或自己师承的法。“到达彼岸”:指到达了终点,意思是成为方向上的首领、导师。巴利
Ajjhāyakoti na jhāyatīti ajjhāyako, jhānabhāvanārahitoti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘na dānime jhāyantīti. Na dānime jhāyantīti kho, vāseṭṭha, ‘ajjhāyakā ajjhāyakā’ tveva tatiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbatta’’nti (dī. ni. 3.132) evaṃ paṭhamakappikakāle jhānavirahitānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ garahavacanaṃ uppannaṃ. Idāni mantaṃ jhāyatīti ajjhāyako, mante parivattetīti iminā atthena pasaṃsavacanaṃ katvā voharanti. Mante dhāretīti mantadharo. Tiṇṇaṃ vedānanti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ. Ayaṃ pana veda-saddo ñāṇasomanassaganthesu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedagumābhijaññā, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asatta’’ntiādīsu (su. ni. 1065) ñāṇe dissati. ‘‘Ye vedajātā vicaranti loke’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.57) somanasse. ‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhāna’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.256) ganthe. Idhāpi ganthe (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.75). Pāragūti tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ oṭṭhapahatakaraṇamattena pāraṃ gatoti pāragū. Lakkhaṇeti itthilakkhaṇapurisalakkhaṇamahāpurisalakkhaṇādike lakkhaṇe. Itihāseti itiha āsa, itiha āsāti īdisavacanapaṭisaṃyutte purāṇasaṅkhāte ganthavisese. Sadhammeti brāhmaṇānaṃ sake dhamme, sake ācariyake vā. Pāramiṃ gatoti pāraṃ gato, disāpāmokkho ācariyo ahosīti attho.
有一天,这位被众人以十种功德敬重的智者——善慧智者,独自坐在高楼最上层的殊胜殿堂里,盘腿而坐,这样思惟:“在下一世受生、取得新的生命,这本身就是苦;同样,无论投生到哪里,身体终究会毁坏。而我自己也具足生的本性、老的本性、病的本性、死的本性。既然我是这样,就应该去寻求那无生、无老、无病、无死的安乐、安稳的涅槃。我一定要从这存在的牢狱中解脱出来,走上那条唯一通向涅槃的道路。”因此说道:巴利
Athekadivasaṃ so dasaguṇagaṇārādhitapaṇḍito sumedhapaṇḍito uparipāsādavaratale rahogato hutvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinno cintesi – ‘‘punabbhave paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ nāma dukkhaṃ, tathā nibbattanibbattaṭṭhāne sarīrabhedanaṃ, ahañca jātidhammo, jarādhammo, byādhidhammo, maraṇadhammo, evaṃbhūtena mayā ajātiṃ ajaraṃ abyādhiṃ amaraṇaṃ sukhaṃ sivaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyesituṃ vaṭṭati, avassaṃ bhavacārakato muccitvā nibbānagāminā ekena maggena bhavitabba’’nti. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Rahogato nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;
所谓再有,就是苦;身体的坏灭,也是苦。巴利
Dukkho punabbhavo nāma, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ.
那时,我具有生的本性、老的本性、病的本性。
我要去寻找那没有衰老、没有死亡、安稳的涅槃。巴利
‘‘Jātidhammo jarādhammo, byādhidhammo sahaṃ tadā; Ajaraṃ amaraṃ khemaṃ, pariyesissāmi nibbutiṃ.
我何不看看这具腐臭的身体,它装满了各种各样的污秽物。
舍弃之后,我愿无顾恋、无欲求地离去。巴利
‘‘Yaṃnūnimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko.
那条道路存在并将存在,它并非可能,也非无因;
我要去寻找那条道路,为了从轮回存在中彻底解脱出来。巴利
‘‘Atthi hehiti so maggo, na so sakkā na hetuye; Pariyesissāmi taṃ maggaṃ, bhavato parimuttiyā’’ti.
这里,我们要先说明偈颂之间的关联,以及那些含义不明显的词句的意思,然后再继续往下讲。其中,“独处”是指独自待在僻静的地方,坐在寂静之处。“我这样想”,就是“我如此思惟”。“这样”这个词,是在显示思惟的方式。“那时”,是指善慧贤者那个时候。世尊用“我这样想”这句话,把自己和善慧贤者说成是同一个人。因此,为了表明那时的善慧就是我自己,世尊以最上之人的身份说“我那时这样想”。“生法”是指具有生起本性的法,其余几个词也应当这样理解。“寂止”就是涅槃。巴利
Ettha pana gāthāsambandhañca anuttānapadānamatthañca vatvāva gamissāma. Tattha rahogatoti rahasi gato, rahasi ṭhāne nisinno. Evaṃ cintesahanti evaṃ cintesiṃ ahaṃ. Evanti iminā cintanākāraṃ dasseti. Tadāti tasmiṃ sumedhapaṇḍitakāle. ‘‘Evaṃ cintesaha’’nti bhagavā iminā attanā saddhiṃ sumedhapaṇḍitaṃ ekattaṃ karoti. Tasmā tadā so sumedho ahamevāti pakāsento ‘‘evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā’’ti bhagavā uttamapurisavasenāha. Jātidhammoti jātisabhāvo. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Nibbutinti nibbānaṃ.
若能这个词,是表达心中盘算、思量的语气词,意思是如果、假如。腐臭身就是指已经腐败发臭的身体。充满种种不净是说身体里装满了尿、粪、脓、血、胆汁、痰、唾液、鼻涕等各种各样的污秽之物。无期待就是没有贪恋、没有执著。存在是说必定能得到、必定能找到。会有就是将会存在,这也是表达心中思量的说法。不可能没有它的因意思是:不可能不通过那条道路而存在。然而那条道路就是因,从因的意义上说不可能是没有,意思就是它就是因。从有中解脱就是从有的束缚中获得解脱。巴利
Yaṃnūnāti parivitakkanatthe nipāto, yadi panāhanti attho. Pūtikāyanti pūtibhūtaṃ kāyaṃ. Nānākuṇapapūritanti mutta-karīsa-pubbalohita-pitta-semha-kheḷasiṅghāṇikādianekakuṇapapūritaṃ. Anapekkhoti anālayo. Atthīti avassaṃ upalabbhati. Hehitīti bhavissati, parivitakkanavacanamidaṃ. Na so sakkā na hetuyeti tena maggena na sakkā na bhavituṃ. So pana maggo hetuyeti hetubhāvāya na na hoti, hetuyevāti attho. Bhavato parimuttiyāti bhavabandhanavimuttiyāti attho.
现在,为了说明他自己思考过的道理,说出了以“犹如”开头的那段话。正如世间确实存在与苦相对立的乐,同样,只要“有”存在,就应当有与它相对立的“无有”;又如同只要有热,就会有能止息热的清凉,同样,也应当有通过止息贪等烦恼之火而达到的涅槃;又如同只要有恶的、低劣的法,就必然存在与它相对立的善的、无过失的法,同样,只要存在邪恶的“生”,就必定有通过断除一切生而称为“无生”的涅槃。因此,这样说:巴利
Idāni attanā parivitakkitamatthaṃ sampādayituṃ ‘‘yathāpī’’ti ādimāha. Yathā hi loke dukkhassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ nāma atthi, evaṃ bhave sati tappaṭipakkhena vibhavenāpi bhavitabbaṃ , yathā ca uṇhe sati tassa vūpasamabhūtaṃ sītalampi atthi, evaṃ rāgādiaggīnaṃ vūpasamena nibbānena bhavitabbaṃ. Yathā ca pāpassa lāmakassa dhammassa paṭipakkhabhūto kalyāṇo anavajjadhammopi atthiyeva, evameva pāpikāya jātiyā sati sabbajātikhepanato ajātisaṅkhātena nibbānenāpi bhavitabbamevāti. Tena vuttaṃ –
就像苦存在的时候,名为乐的东西也存在;
如此,“有”存在的时候,“非有”也是可欲的。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi dukkhe vijjante, sukhaṃ nāmapi vijjati; Evaṃ bhave vijjamāne, vibhavopicchitabbako.
就像炎热存在的时候,另一种清凉也存在;
就像三种火存在时,涅槃也该被希求。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi uṇhe vijjante, aparaṃ vijjati sītalaṃ; Evaṃ tividhaggi vijjante, nibbānaṃ icchitabbakaṃ.
就像恶存在的时候,善也存在一样;
同样地,当“生”还存在时,也该希求“无生”。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi pāpe vijjante, kalyāṇamapi vijjati; Evameva jāti vijjante, ajātipicchitabbaka’’nti.
这里,“犹如”是表示譬喻意义的不变词。“乐”指身体和心里的快乐,因为能彻底破坏痛苦,所以叫乐。“有”是生起的意思。“无有”是不生起;在生起还存在的时候,也应该希求那不生起的法。“三种火存在”,意思是贪等三种火存在。“涅槃”是指那三种贪等之火的熄灭、止息,涅槃本身也应当被希求。“恶”指不善的、低劣的法。“善亦”是说善法。“同样”就是像这样。“生存在”,意思是当生存在的时候。这是通过改变性别与省略格尾而说的。“无生”是生的断除,无生的涅槃也应当被希求。巴利
Tattha yathāpīti opammatthe nipāto. Sukhanti kāyikacetasikasukhaṃ, suṭṭhu dukkhaṃ khaṇatīti sukhaṃ. Bhaveti janane. Vibhavoti ajananaṃ, janane vijjamāne ajananadhammopi icchitabbo. Tividhaggi vijjanteti tividhe rāgādike aggimhi vijjamāneti attho. Nibbānanti tassa tividhassa rāgādiaggissa nibbāpanaṃ upasamanaṃ nibbānañca icchitabbaṃ. Pāpeti akusale lāmake. Kalyāṇamapīti kusalamapi. Evamevāti evamevaṃ. Jāti vijjanteti jātiyā vijjamānāyāti attho. Liṅgabhedañca vibhattilopañca katvā vuttaṃ. Ajātipīti jātikhepanaṃ ajātinibbānampi icchitabbaṃ.
那时,我又进一步这样想:就像一个人掉进了粪堆里,远远看见一座湖泊,湖边点缀着红莲、青莲和白莲丛,湖水清澈无垢。他心想:“我该走哪条路才能到那里呢?”这样去寻找那座湖,是应该的。如果他不去寻找,那不是湖的过错,而是那个人自己的过错。同样地,能洗掉烦恼污垢的不死大湖确实存在,如果他不去寻找,那不是被称为不死的涅槃大湖的过错,而是那个人自己的过错。又像一个人被盗贼包围,即使逃生之路就在眼前,如果他不逃,那不是路的过错,而是那个人自己的过错。同样地,一个人被烦恼贼包围困住时,通往涅槃大城的吉祥大道明明存在,如果他不去寻找那条路,那就不是路的过错,而是那个人自己的过错。再像一个人被疾病折磨,即使有能治病的医生在,如果他找到那位医生却不让他治病,那不是医生的过错,而是那个人自己的过错。同样地,一个人被烦恼病折磨,能息灭烦恼之道的导师明明存在,如果他不去寻找,那只是他自己的过错,而不是那位能调伏烦恼病的导师的过错。因此,这样说:巴利
Athāhaṃ parampi cintesiṃ – ‘‘yathā nāma gūtharāsimhi nimuggena purisena dūratova kamalakuvalayapuṇḍarīkasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ vimalasalilaṃ taḷākaṃ disvā – ‘katarena nu kho maggena tattha gantabba’nti taḷākaṃ gavesituṃ yuttaṃ. Yaṃ tassa agavesanaṃ, na so tassa taḷākassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva kilesamaladhovane amatamahātaḷāke vijjamāne yaṃ tassa agavesanaṃ, na so amatasaṅkhātassa nibbānamahātaḷākassa doso, purisasseva doso. Yathā pana corehi saṃparivārito puriso palāyanamagge vijjamānepi sace so na palāyati, na so tassa maggassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva kilesacorehi parivāretvā gahitassa purisassa vijjamāneyeva nibbānamahānagaragāmimhi sive mahāmagge tassa maggassa agavesanaṃ nāma na maggassa doso, purisasseva doso. Yathā byādhipīḷito puriso vijjamāne byādhitikicchake vejje sace taṃ vejjaṃ gavesitvā taṃ byādhiṃ na tikicchāpeti, na so vejjassa doso, tassa purisasseva doso. Evameva pana yo kilesabyādhiparipīḷito kilesavūpasamamaggakovidaṃ vijjamānameva ācariyaṃ na gavesati, tasseva doso, na kilesabyādhivināyakassa ācariyassa doso’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –
就像有人掉进粪坑里,看见一个装满水的湖;
他不去找那个池塘,这不是池塘的错。巴利
‘‘Yathā gūthagato puriso, taḷākaṃ disvāna pūritaṃ; Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso taḷākassa so.
就像这样,当能洗净烦恼污垢的不死之湖明明就在眼前时,
他不去寻找那座湖,不死之湖中并无过错。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ kilesamaladhovaṃ, vijjante amatantaḷe; Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso amatantaḷe.
就像被敌人团团围住,明明有路可以走,
那个人不会逃跑,不是弯曲者的过错。巴利
‘‘Yathā arīhi pariruddho, vijjante gamanampathe; Na palāyati so puriso, na doso añjasassa so.
他就是这样被烦恼挡住,明明安稳的路就在眼前;
他不去寻找那条道路,这并不是安稳吉祥之路的过错。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ kilesapariruddho, vijjamāne sive pathe; Na gavesati taṃ maggaṃ, na doso sivamañjase.
就像有个生病的人,明明有医生在,
他不去医治那种病,那不是医生的过错。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi byādhito puriso, vijjamāne tikicchake; Na tikicchāpeti taṃ byādhiṃ, na doso so tikicchake.
如此,以烦恼病为由,以苦为由而被压迫折磨;
他不去寻找那位老师,这并不是引路者的错。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ kilesabyādhīhi, dukkhito patipīḷito; Na gavesati taṃ ācariyaṃ, na doso so vināyake’’ti.
这里,“gūthagato”是指掉进粪坑,或者被粪便沾污。“Kilesamaladhovanti”是指洗净烦恼垢秽,这里是以主格表示处所义。“Amatantaḷeti”是指名为不死的池子,这里的处格应当理解为主格,是插入“随韵”而说的。“Arī”是指怨敌。“Pariruddho”是指被四面包围、困住。“Gamanampatheti”是指在行路途中。为了不破坏格律,插入“随韵”而这样说。“Na palāyatīti”是假如他不逃走。“So puriso”是指那个被强盗围困的人。“Añjasassāti”是指道路的。关于“道”,确实有偈颂说:巴利
Tattha gūthagatoti gūthakūpagato, gūthena gato makkhito vā. Kilesamaladhovanti kilesamalasodhane, bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ. Amatantaḷeti amatasaṅkhātassa taḷākassa, sāmiatthe bhummavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, anussaraṃ pakkhipitvā vuttaṃ. Arīhīti paccatthikehi. Pariruddhoti samantato niruddho. Gamanampatheti gamanapathe. Chandāvināsatthaṃ anussarāgamanaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Na palāyatīti yadi na palāyeyya. So purisoti so corehi pariruddho puriso. Añjasassāti maggassa. Maggassa hi –
道、路、途、径,这些都是“大道”“通路”“行路”的同义词。
船、渡桥、筏、褥、渡口。巴利
‘‘Maggo pantho patho pajjo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ; Nāvā uttarasetu ca, kullo ca bhisi saṅkamo’’ti. (cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 101) –
它有很多名称。这里是用“径”这个名称来说的。“Siva”(吉祥)是因为一切灾祸都不存在,所以叫吉祥。“Sivamañjasa”的意思是“吉祥的径”,也就是吉祥的道路。“Tikicchaka”指医生。“Na tikicchāpeti”意思是“不请(医生)治疗”。“Na doso so tikicchaka”是说这不是医生的过错,医生没有过错,过错只在病人身上。“Dukkhita”指已经生起身苦和心苦的人。“Ācariyaṃ”指教导解脱道的老师。“Vināyaka”就是对这位老师的称呼。巴利
Bahūni nāmāni. Svāyamidha añjasanāmena vutto. Siveti sabbupaddavābhāvato sive. Sivamañjaseti sivassa añjasassāti attho. Tikicchaketi vejje. Na tikicchāpetīti na tikicchāpeyya. Na doso so tikicchaketi tikicchakassa doso natthi, byādhitasseva dosoti attho. Dukkhitoti sañjātakāyikacetasikadukkho. Ācariyanti mokkhamaggācariyaṃ. Vināyaketi ācariyassa.
我这样想完之后,又进一步这样想:就像一个爱打扮的人,把挂在脖子上的死尸扔掉后,轻松自在地走开;同样,我也应该扔掉这具腐臭的身体,毫不留恋地进入涅槃大城。又像男男女女在厕所里大小便后,不会把那东西揣进衣襟里,也不会缠在腰布上带走,而是觉得恶心,连看都不想看一眼,毫不留恋地扔掉就走;同样,我也应该扔掉这具腐臭的身体,毫不留恋地进入不死的涅槃城。又像船夫们,把破旧漏水、快要沉没的船扔掉,毫不留恋地走开;同样,我也要扔掉这具从九个伤口不断流漏的身体,毫不留恋地进入涅槃大城。又像有人带着珍珠、摩尼、琉璃等各种宝物,和盗贼一起走在路上,因为害怕自己的宝物被毁掉,就离开那些盗贼,走上安全的道路;同样,这具腐臭的身体就像抢夺宝物的盗贼。如果我在这里对它生起贪爱,我的圣道善法这些宝物就会失去,所以我应该扔掉这具像大盗贼一样的身体,进入涅槃大城。因此说:巴利
Evaṃ panāhaṃ cintetvā uttarimpi evaṃ cintesiṃ – ‘‘yathāpi maṇḍanakajātiko puriso kaṇṭhe āsattaṃ kuṇapaṃ chaḍḍetvā sukhī gaccheyya, evaṃ mayāpi imaṃ pūtikāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkhena nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Yathā ca naranāriyo ukkārabhūmiyaṃ uccārapassāvaṃ katvā na taṃ ucchaṅgena vā ādāya dasante vā veṭhetvā ādāya gacchanti, atha kho jigucchamānā oloketumpi anicchantā anapekkhā chaḍḍetvā gacchanti, evaṃ mayāpi imaṃ pūtikāyaṃ anapekkhena chaḍḍetvā amataṃ nibbānanagaraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā ca nāvikā nāma jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ udakagāhiniṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkhāva gacchanti, evamahampi imaṃ navahi vaṇamukhehi paggharantaṃ kāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā anapekkho nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisissāmi . Yathā ca koci puriso muttāmaṇiveḷuriyādīni nānāvidhāni ratanāni ādāya corehi saddhiṃ maggaṃ gacchanto attano ratanavināsabhayena te core chaḍḍetvā khemaṃ maggaṃ gaṇhāti, evamayampi pūtikāyo ratanavilopakacorasadiso. Sacāhaṃ ettha taṇhaṃ karissāmi, ariyamaggakusaladhammaratanāni me nassissanti, tasmā mayā imaṃ mahācorasadisaṃ karajakāyaṃ chaḍḍetvā nibbānamahānagaraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ –
就像有人厌恶挂在脖子上的腐尸,
解脱之后,他就能安乐、自由、完全随自己的意愿而行。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi kuṇapaṃ puriso, kaṇṭhe baddhaṃ jigucchiya; Mocayitvāna gaccheyya, sukhī serī sayaṃvasī.
就像这样,这具腐烂的身体,是各种腐臭秽物的堆积处;
我要把它丢掉,然后离开,不再牵挂,也不再想要它。巴利
‘‘Tathevimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapasañcayaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko.
就像男女在厕所里拉屎一样,
他们丢弃之后就走开,不再挂念,也不再想要。巴利
‘‘Yathā uccāraṭṭhānamhi, karīsaṃ naranāriyo; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā.
就像这样,我观见这具充满了各种腐臭之物的身体,
就像拉完屎就离开厕所那样,我丢下它就走。巴利
‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭiṃ.
就像一艘破旧不堪、已经损坏漏水的船,
船主们把它扔掉就走了,毫不留恋,也不再需要它。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ, paluggaṃ udagāhiniṃ; Sāmī chaḍḍetvā gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā.
就这样,我观视此身体,它有九个孔,不断流着不净。
我要像船主抛弃破船一样,把它扔掉再走。巴利
‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, navacchiddaṃ dhuvassavaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, jiṇṇanāvaṃva sāmikā.
就像有人与盗贼同行,拿着货物;
看到货物可能被抢走的危险,他就扔掉货物逃走了。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi puriso corehi, gacchanto bhaṇḍamādiya; Bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃ disvā, chaḍḍayitvāna gacchati.
就像这样,这个身体就如同大盗一般;
我要舍弃这个身体离开,因为害怕善法被切断。巴利
‘‘Evameva imaṃ kāyo, mahācorasamo viya; Pahāyimaṃ gamissāmi, kusalacchedanābhayā’’ti.
在这里,就像有个年轻、爱打扮的男子,脖子上挂着蛇尸、狗尸或者人尸,他对此感到厌烦、羞愧、恶心,把那具尸体解下来就走了。快乐,就是安乐。自在,就是随心所欲地生活。种种死尸的堆积,就是变成了一堆各种各样的死尸;还有一种读法是充满种种死尸。巴利
Tattha yathāpi kuṇapaṃ purisoti yathāpi daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko puriso ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyitvā harāyitvā jigucchitvā taṃ kuṇapaṃ mocetvā gaccheyya. Sukhīti sukhito. Serīti yathicchakavihārī. Nānākuṇapasañcayanti anekavidhakuṇaparāsibhūtaṃ ‘‘nānākuṇapapūrita’’ntipi pāṭho.
所谓“排便处”,就是人们在那里排便、作粪的地方;排便本身就是“排”,而那个地方就是排便的场所,所以叫“排便处”。另一种说法是,被呼出的东西叫“呼出”,这是粪便的别名,它所在的地方就是“呼出处”;也就是在那个呼出处,意思是排便的地方。就像男女排便后对小屋一样,意思是排便之后对小屋那样。巴利
Uccāraṭṭhānamhīti uccārenti vaccaṃ karonti etthāti uccāro, uccāro ca so ṭhānaṃ ceti uccāraṭṭhānaṃ. Atha vā ussāsiyyatīti ussāso, vaccassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tassa ṭhānaṃ ussāsaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmiṃ ussāsaṭṭhānamhi, ukkāraṭṭhāneti attho. Vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭinti vaccaṃ katvā kuṭiṃ naranāriyo viyāti attho.
“老朽”就是已经衰老。“崩坏”就是正在毁坏、散裂,意思是分散开来。“进水的”就是会进水的。“主人”就是船的主人。“九孔”是因为它和眼、耳等九个像疮口一样裂开的孔相连,所以叫九孔。“常流漏”就是持续渗漏,意思是不断流出不净物。巴利
Jajjaranti jiṇṇaṃ. Palugganti palujjantiṃ, vikirantinti attho. Udagāhininti udakagāhiniṃ . Sāmīti nāvāsāmikā. Navacchiddanti cakkhusotādīhi navahi vaṇamukhehi chiddāvacchiddehi yuttattā navacchiddaṃ. Dhuvassavanti dhuvanissandaṃ, niccaṃ paggharaṇāsucinti attho.
拿起物品,是指拿起珠宝等任何物品。看见物品被抢夺的恐惧,意思是由于物品被抢走而看到恐惧。同样地,就像那个拿着物品走路的男子。这个身体,是指这个身体是种种污秽、极其可厌之物的生起处。生起处,就是产生和现起的地方。污秽之物从这里生起,所以叫生起处;污秽之物就是头发等。因此,身体就是头发等污秽之物的生起处。等同大盗,是指它通过眼等感官对色等可爱对象产生染着,像杀生、偷盗等盗贼一样,劫夺一切善法,所以叫等同大盗。因此,就像那个拿着珠宝物品和盗贼同行的男子,舍弃那些盗贼而离开;同样,我也要舍弃这个等同大盗的身体,去寻找能让自己获得安稳的道路。应当这样理解文句的关联。怖畏善法被断绝,意思是由于害怕善法被摧毁。巴利
Bhaṇḍamādiyāti yaṃkiñci ratanādikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ ādiya. Bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃdisvāti bhaṇḍassa acchindanena bhayaṃ disvāti attho. Evamevāti so bhaṇḍamādāya gacchanto puriso viya. Ayaṃ kāyoti ayaṃ pana kucchitānaṃ paramajegucchānaṃ āyoti kāyo. Āyoti upattiṭṭhānaṃ. Āyanti tatoti āyo, kucchitā kesādayo. Iti kucchitānaṃ kesādīnaṃ āyoti kāyo. Mahācorasamo viyāti cakkhuādīhi rūpādīsu piyarūpesu sārajjanādivasena pāṇātipātādinnādānādicoro hutvā sabbakusalaṃ vilumpatīti mahācorasamo. Tasmā yathā so ratanabhaṇḍamādāya corehi saddhiṃ gacchanto puriso te core pahāya gacchati, evamevāhampi imaṃ mahācorasamaṃ kāyaṃ pahāya attano sotthibhāvakaraṃ maggaṃ gavesituṃ gamissāmīti atthasambandho veditabbo. Kusalacchedanābhayāti kusaladhammavilopanabhayenāti attho.
善慧智者用各种譬喻思惟出离的理由之后,又再这样想:虽然积攒了这么一大堆财富,可是我的父亲、祖父等先人去世时,连一个钱币也没能带走。我却应该拿着这些财富,用来做能带走的事才对。于是他去禀告国王:大王,我的心被生、老等逼迫,我要从在家出家,过没有家的生活。我有数不清的财富,请大王拿去处置吧。国王说:我不需要你的财富,你自己想怎么处理就怎么处理吧。巴利
Athevaṃ sumedhapaṇḍito nānāvidhāhi upamāhi nekkhammakāraṇaṃ cintetvā punapi cintesi – ‘‘imaṃ mahādhanarāsiṃ saṃharitvā mayhaṃ pitupitāmahādayo paralokaṃ gacchantā ekakahāpaṇampi gahetvā na gatā, mayā pana gahetvā gamanakāraṇaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti gantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, jātijarādīhi upaddutahadayo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi, mayhaṃ anekakoṭisatasahassaṃ dhanaṃ atthi, taṃ devo paṭipajjatū’’ti. Rājā āha – ‘‘na mayhaṃ te dhanena attho, tvaṃyeva yathicchakaṃ karohī’’ti.
他回答“好的,大王”,然后让人在城里击鼓通告,向大众布施。他舍弃了感官欲乐和烦恼欲,从像不死城一样美好的城市离开,独自一人前往雪山——那里有各种鹿群出没。他依靠一座叫“法”的山,建了一座修行处,在那里搭了草棚,铺设了远离五种过患的经行道。为了获得具备八种功德的神通之力,他舍弃了有九种缺点的布衣,穿上具备十二种功德的树皮衣,出家了。出家之后,他又舍弃了充满八种过患的草棚,来到具备十种功德的树下,舍弃一切谷物类食物,只吃树上掉落的果实。他以坐禅和经行的方式精勤修行,仅仅在七天之内,就获得了八种等至和五种神通。因此说:巴利
So ca ‘‘sādhu devā’’ti nagare bheriṃ carāpetvā mahājanassa dānaṃ datvā vatthukāme ca kilesakāme ca pahāya amaravaranagarasadisato amaranagarato nikkhamitvā ekakova nānāmigagaṇavante himavante dhammikaṃ nāma pabbataṃ nissāya assamaṃ katvā tattha paṇṇasālaṃ katvā pañcadosavivajjitaṃ caṅkamaṃ māpetvā aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ abhiññābalaṃ samāharituṃ navadosasamannāgataṃ sāṭakaṃ pajahitvā dvādasaguṇamupāgataṃ vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā pabbaji. Evaṃ pana so pabbajito aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ paṇṇasālaṃ pahāya dasaguṇasamannāgataṃ rukkhamūlaṃ upagantvā sabbadhaññavikatiṃ pahāya pavattaphalabhojano hutvā nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkamanavasena padhānaṃ padahanto sattāhabbhantareyeva aṭṭhannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ pañcannañca abhiññānaṃ lābhī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我这样想过之后,把成百上千亿的财富,
把财物布施给有依靠的人和没有依靠的人之后,我就去了雪山。巴利
‘‘Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, nekakoṭisataṃ dhanaṃ; Nāthānāthānaṃ datvāna, himavantamupāgamiṃ.
在离雪山不远的地方,有一座叫“如法”的山。
我的修行住所建得很好,树叶搭的茅棚也盖得妥当。巴利
‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, dhammiko nāma pabbato; Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā.
我在那里建了一条经行道,远离五种过失。巴利
‘‘Caṅkamaṃ tattha māpesiṃ, pañcadosavivajjitaṃ.
Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhariṃ.
在那里,我舍弃了具有九种过失的布衣;
我穿上了树皮衣,获得了十二种功德。巴利
‘‘Sāṭakaṃ pajahiṃ tattha, navadosamupāgataṃ; Vākacīraṃ nivāsesiṃ, dvādasaguṇamupāgataṃ.
我舍弃了那间混杂着八种过失的树叶茅屋。
我来到了树下,那树具备十种功德。巴利
‘‘Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ, pajahiṃ paṇṇasālakaṃ; Upāgamiṃ rukkhamūlaṃ, guṇe dasahupāgataṃ.
我把播种和栽种的谷物全都舍弃了,一点也不剩。
我吃的是流转之果,具足种种功德。巴利
‘‘Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato; Anekaguṇasampannaṃ, pavattaphalamādiyiṃ.
在那里,我没有精进努力,舍弃了坐处与经行处;
在七天之内,我证得了神通之力。巴利
‘‘Tatthappadhānaṃ padahiṃ, nissajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Abbhantaramhi sattāhe, abhiññābalapāpuṇi’’nti.
这里,“我如此说”就是“我这样”,意思是按上面说的方式思考过之后。“有护者和无护者”是指有保护的人和无保护的人,也就是富人和穷人。意思是连同仓库一起布施,说“需要的人就拿去吧”。“雪山不远处”是指在雪山王附近、不远的地方。“名为法山的山”就是叫这个名字的一座山。那为什么这座山叫“法山”呢?因为大多数菩萨出家做仙人后,都依靠这座山修出神通,修行沙门之法。所以,因为这里是沙门之法的依止处,就以“法山”而闻名。“我的精舍建得好”等话,是须弥陀智者说的,听起来像是他亲手建了茅屋和经行道,但其实并不是亲手建的,而是帝释天派毗首羯磨天子变化出来的。不过世尊是就自己当时靠福德威力所成就的那份庄严而说:“舍利弗,在那座山上——”巴利
Tattha evāhanti evaṃ ahaṃ, heṭṭhā vuttappakārena cintetvāti attho. Nāthānāthānanti sanāthānamanāthānañca aḍḍhānañceva daliddānañca ‘‘atthikā gaṇhantū’’ti saha koṭṭhāgārehi datvāti attho. Himavantassāvidūreti himavantapabbatarājassa avidūre samīpe. Dhammiko nāma pabbatoti evaṃnāmako pabbato. Kasmā panāyaṃ dhammikoti? Yebhuyyena pana bodhisattā isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā taṃ pabbataṃ upanissāya abhiññāyo nibbattetvā samaṇadhammaṃ akaṃsu. Tasmā samaṇadhammassa nissayabhūtattā ‘‘dhammiko’’tveva pākaṭo ahosi. Assamo sukato mayhantiādinā sumedhapaṇḍitena assamapaṇṇasālā caṅkamā sahatthā māpitā viya vuttā, na ca pana sahatthā māpitā, kintu sakkena devena pesite vissakammunā devaputtena nimmitā. Bhagavā pana tadā attano puññānubhāvena nibbattaṃ taṃ sampadaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘sāriputta, tasmiṃ pabbate –
我的精舍建得很好,树叶搭的茅屋也盖得妥当;
我在那里造了一条经行道,远离五种过失。巴利
‘Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā; Caṅkamaṃ tattha māpesiṃ, pañcadosavivajjita’’’nti. – ādimāha;
这里,“树叶棚”就是用树叶盖顶的棚屋。“在那里”是指在那个修行处。远离五种过失,是指避开经行道的五种毛病。经行道的五种毛病是什么呢?就是地面太硬或不平、中间有树、被密林遮住、太狭窄、太宽阔——要避开这五种毛病。按最高标准来说,经行道长为六十肘,宽为一肘半。另一种说法是,远离五种过失是指远离五种盖障的过失,这要和下文“把神通力引回来”连起来理解,意思是把已经失去的神通力重新引发出来。具足八种素质,是“当心如此入定,变得清净、明净、无垢、远离随烦恼、柔软、适合作业、稳固、不动摇”中所说的八种素质;意思是引生、获得了具足这八种素质的神通力。巴利
Tattha paṇṇasālāti paṇṇachadanasālā. Tatthāti tasmiṃ assamapade. Pañcadosavivajjitanti pañcahi caṅkamadosehi vivajjitaṃ. Katame pañca caṅkamadosā nāma? Thaddhavisamatā, antorukkhatā, gahanacchannatā, atisambādhatā, ativisālatāti imehi pañcahi dosehi vivajjitaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena dīghato saṭṭhiratano vitthārato diyaḍḍharatano caṅkamo vutto. Atha vā pañcadosavivajjitanti pañcahi nīvaraṇadosehi vivajjitaṃ parihīnaṃ abhiññābalamāharinti iminā uttarapadena sambandho daṭṭhabbo (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā, sumedhakathā). Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetanti ‘‘evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte’’ti evaṃ vuttehi aṭṭhaguṇehi (dī. ni. 1.244-245; ma. ni. 1.384-386, 431-433; pārā. 12-14) samannāgataṃ abhiññābalaṃ āhariṃ ānesinti attho.
有些人则把“具足八种沙门乐”跟精舍联系起来,说所谓“八种沙门乐”就是:不拥有财物和谷物;寻求没有过失的团食;平静地吃团食;当国王的官吏为了夺取财物谷物而压迫民众时,心中没有因压迫民众而生的烦恼;对生活用具没有贪欲;遇到盗贼抢劫时没有恐惧;不与国王和大臣们交往;在四方都没有障碍。他们说,善慧就是建造了具足这八种沙门乐的精舍。但这种说法跟经文并不相符。巴利
Keci pana ‘‘aṭṭhahi samaṇasukhehi upetaṃ, aṭṭhimāni samaṇasukhāni nāma dhanadhaññapariggahābhāvo, anavajjapiṇḍapātapariyesanabhāvo, nibbutapiṇḍabhuñjanabhāvo, raṭṭhaṃ pīḷetvā dhanadhaññādīsu gaṇhantesu rājapurisesu raṭṭhapīḷanakilesābhāvo, upakaraṇesu nicchandarāgabhāvo, coravilopane nibbhayabhāvo, rājarājamahāmattehi asaṃsaṭṭhabhāvo, catūsu disāsu appaṭihatabhāvoti imehi aṭṭhahi samaṇasukhehi (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā) upetaṃ samupetaṃ assamaṃ māpesi’’nti assamena sambandhaṃ katvā vadanti, taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti.
“布”就是衣服。“在那里”指在那座修行林里。“具足九种过失”是说:舍利弗,我住在那里时,舍弃并放下了自己身上穿着披着的昂贵衣服。说“舍弃衣服”,就是在说明:他是看到那里有九种过失才舍弃的。对出家修行的苦行者来说,衣服有九种过失被指出来。哪九种呢?衣服价钱贵;要依赖别人;使用起来容易脏;脏了就得洗,还得重新染色;用着用着会坏;坏了又得缝补或打补丁;再想找一件时很难得到;不适合苦行出家生活;与敌人共有,为了防止敌人夺走,必须守护;穿着时成为装饰的处所;拿取行走时成为大贪欲。以这九种过失具足的衣服舍弃后,穿树皮衣,这是在说明。树皮衣,是把草编成缕缕再编成,或做成树皮衣,取来作为下衣和上衣穿。具足十二种功德:是具有十二种利益。这里“功德”一词是“利益”的意思,如“应期待百倍的布施”等。Ma是连声字。树皮衣有十二种利益:不值钱;不依赖他人;能自己亲手做;用坏了也不必缝补;没有盗贼的怖畏;寻找时容易做;适合苦行出家生活;使用时没有装饰的处所;在衣服资具上少欲;使用快乐;因为从草中生起,容易得到;树皮衣丢了也不留恋。具足这十二种功德。巴利
Sāṭakanti vatthaṃ. Tatthāti tasmiṃ assame. Navadosamupāgatanti, sāriputta, tattha vasanto attano nivatthapārutaṃ mahagghasāṭakaṃ pajahiṃ pariccajiṃ. Sāṭakaṃ pajahanto ca tattha nava dose disvā pajahinti dīpeti. Tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitānañhi sāṭakasmiṃ nava dosā pakāsitā. Katame nava? Sāṭakassa mahagghabhāvo, parapaṭibaddhabhāvo, paribhogena lahukaṃ kilissanabhāvo, kiliṭṭho ca dhovitabbo puna rajitabbo ca hoti paribhogena jīraṇabhāvo, jiṇṇassa puna tunnakaraṇaṃ vā aggaḷadānaṃ vā kātabbaṃ hoti puna pariyesanāya durabhisambhavabhāvo, tāpasapabbajjāya ananucchavikabhāvo, paccatthikānaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvo, yathā naṃ na paccatthikā gaṇhanti, evaṃ gopetabbo hoti paridahato vibhūsanaṭṭhānabhāvo, gahetvā carantassa mahicchabhāvoti etehi navahi dosehi (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) upagataṃ sāṭakaṃ pahāya vākacīraṃ nivāsesinti dīpeti. Vākacīranti muñjatiṇaṃ hīrāhīraṃ katvā ganthetvā kataṃ vākamayacīraṃ nivāsanapārupanatthāya ādiyinti attho. Dvādasaguṇamupāgatanti dvādasahi ānisaṃsehi upetaṃ. Ettha guṇa-saddo ānisaṃsaṭṭho ‘‘sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.379) viya. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Vākacīrasmiṃ dvādasānisaṃsā appagghatā, aparāyattatā, sahatthā kātuṃ sakkuṇeyyatā, paribhogena jiṇṇepi sibbitabbābhāvo, corabhayābhāvo pariyesantassa sukhena karaṇabhāvo, tāpasapabbajjāya sāruppabhāvo, sevamānassa vibhūsanaṭṭhānābhāvo, cīvarappaccaye appicchabhāvo , paribhogasukhabhāvo, vākuppattiyā sulabhabhāvo, vākacīre naṭṭhepi anapekkhabhāvoti imehi dvādasahi guṇehi sampannaṃ (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā).
那时,善慧智者住在茅舍里。天快亮时他起身,观察自己出家的原因,据说他心里这样想:“我舍弃了那个像天宫一样、富丽堂皇、令人欢喜的家——那里混杂着各种金饰、臂环、脚镯碰撞的声响,还有甜美的笑声和谈话声,家中人众和睦可爱。我像吐掉一口唾沫一样把它抛弃,乐于独处,进入了能消除一切众生罪恶的苦行林。可如今我住在茅舍里,这就像第二次过居家生活一样。不如我去住在树下吧。”因此他说了:巴利
Atha sumedhapaṇḍito tattha paṇṇasālāyaṃ viharanto paccūsasamaye paccuṭṭhāya attano nikkhamanakāraṇaṃ paccavekkhamāno evaṃ kira cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pana navakanakakaṭakanūpurādisaṅghaṭṭanasaddasammissita-madhurahasitakathitagehajanaramaṇīyaṃ uḷāravibhavasobhitaṃ suravarabhavanākāramagāraṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya pahāya vivekārāmatāya sabbajanapāpapavāhanaṃ tapovanaṃ paviṭṭhosmi, idha pana me paṇṇasālāya vāso dutiyo gharāvāso viya hoti, handāhaṃ rukkhamūle vaseyya’’nti. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ, pajahiṃ paṇṇasālaka’’nti.
这里的“掺杂八种过失”,是指与八种过失混在一起、相连。是哪八种呢?要建成它,得靠大量材料;要经常用草、树叶、泥土等来维护;所谓住处,一旦落到年长比丘手里,就会在不合适的时候把人叫起来,这样一来就得不到心一境性,所以有“会被叫起”的过失;为了抵挡冷热,身体变得娇弱;进了屋子以后,什么坏事都可能做,所以有“能遮掩恶行”的过失;生起“这是我的”这种执著;有了房子,就等于有第二个人同住;因为要和臭虫、壁虎、蜥蜴等共享,所以有“多人共用”的过失。大士看到这八种过患之后,就舍弃了茅舍。巴利
Tattha aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇanti aṭṭhahi dosehi samākiṇṇaṃ saṃyuttaṃ. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Mahāsambhārehi nipphādanīyatā, tiṇapaṇṇamattikādīhi niccaṃ paṭijagganīyatā, senāsanaṃ nāma mahallakassa pāpuṇātīti avelāya vuṭṭhāpiyamānassa cittekaggatā na hotīti vuṭṭhāpanīyabhāvo, sītuṇhassa paṭighātena kāyassa sukhumālakaraṇabhāvo, gharaṃ paviṭṭhena yaṃ kiñci pāpaṃ sakkā kātunti garahapaṭicchādanakaraṇabhāvo, ‘‘mayhamida’’nti sapariggahabhāvo, gehassa atthibhāvo sadutiyakavāso, ūkāmaṅgulagharagoḷikādīnaṃ sādhāraṇatāya bahusādhāraṇabhāvoti iti ime aṭṭha ādīnave (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) disvā mahāsatto paṇṇasālaṃ pajahiṃ.
“具足十种功德”这句话,是先把有覆盖的住处排除掉,然后说以十种功德来亲近树下,意思就是“我已经来到树下”。是哪十种呢?一、事务少;二、只要走到那里就可以,所以容易得到而没有过失;三、因为经常能看到嫩叶的变化,所以能生起无常想;四、对坐卧处没有悭吝;五、在那里做恶事会感到羞惭,所以没有适合作恶的条件;六、没有执取;七、与天神共住;八、排除了有覆盖的住处;九、受用舒适;十、因为树下坐卧处无论走到哪里都容易得到,所以没有贪恋。他看到了这十种功德之后,就说“我已经来到树下”。巴利
Guṇe dasahupāgatanti channaṃ paṭikkhipitvā dasahi guṇehi upetaṃ, rukkhamūlaṃ upagatosmīti attho. Katamehi dasahi? Appasamārambhatā, upagamanamattamevettha hotīti sulabhānavajjatā, abhiṇhaṃ tarupaṇṇavikāradassanena aniccasaññāsamuṭṭhāpanatā, senāsanamaccherābhāvo, tattha hi pāpaṃ karonto lajjatīti pāpakaraṇārahābhāvo, pariggahakaraṇābhāvo, devatāhi saha vāso, channapaṭikkhepo, paribhogasukhatā, rukkhamūlasenāsanassa gatagataṭṭhāne sulabhatāya anapekkhabhāvoti iti ime dasa guṇe (apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā) disvā rukkhamūlaṃ upagatosmīti vadati. Āha ca –
最胜的佛陀称赞过它,也把它说成是依止处;
对已经远离尘世的人来说,哪里还有比树下更好的住处呢?
能消除对住处的悭贪,又有天神守护;
住在僻静处,确实在树根下是有善行的人。
那些鲜红色的、青色的、黄色的以及已经落下的
看见嫩叶,就断除了“常”想。
所以,确实,佛陀的遗产——乐于修习者的归宿——
不应轻视远离之处,树下住处适合有智慧的人。巴利
‘‘Vaṇṇito buddhaseṭṭhena, nissayoti ca bhāsito; Nivāso pavivittassa, rukkhamūlasamo kuto. ‘‘Āvāsamaccherahare, devatāparipālite; Pavivitte vasanto hi, rukkhamūlamhi subbato. ‘‘Abhirattāni nīlāni, paṇḍūni patitāni ca; Passanto tarupaṇṇāni, niccasaññaṃ panūdati. ‘‘Tasmā hi buddhadāyajjaṃ, bhāvanābhiratālayaṃ; Vivittaṃ nātimaññeyya, rukkhamūlaṃ vicakkhaṇo’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.32);
那时,善慧智者看到了住在草屋的过患,便在树下坐卧处安住,获得了其中的好处,又进一步这样想:“为了食物而进村,是求食的苦。我不是因为任何穷困才出家求食的,而寻找食物所根本带来的苦根本没有尽头。不如我就靠自然掉落的果实来维持生活吧。”为了说明这一殊胜之义——巴利
Atha sumedhapaṇḍito paṇṇasālāya diṭṭhadoso hutvā rukkhamūlasenāsane laddhānisaṃso viharanto uttaripi cintesi – ‘‘āhāratthāya me gāmagamanaṃ āhārapariyesanadukkhaṃ, nāhaṃ kenaci pārijuññena nikkhamitvā āhāratthāya pabbajito, āhārapariyesanamūlassa ca dukkhassa pamāṇaṃ natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ pavattaphalena yāpeyya’’nti. Imaṃ pana atthavisesaṃ dīpento –
32-33 我把播种和栽种的谷物,全都彻底舍弃了,一点都没留。巴利
32-33. ‘‘Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato.
他取用了自然掉落、具足种种功德的果实。”他这样说道。巴利
Anekaguṇasampannaṃ, pavattaphalamādiyi’’nti. – ādimāha;
在这里,“种下的”是指播种后长出来的;“栽下的”是指移栽后长出来的。谷物的收成只有两种方式:播种和栽种。我因为自己少欲,这两种都不要,只靠自然掉落的果实过活。“自然掉落的果实”是指自己掉下来的果子。“取用”是指拿来吃。巴利
Tattha vāpitanti vapitvā nipphannaṃ. Ropitanti ropitvā nipphannaṃ, vapanaropanavasena duvidhāva sassanipphatti, taṃ duvidhampi attano appicchatāya pahāya pavattaphalena yāpesiṃ. Pavattaphalanti sayameva patitaphalaṃ. Ādiyinti paribhuñjiṃ.
满足于自然掉落的果实,不依赖他人而生活;
断除了对食物的贪求,这位牟尼就成了随处可去的人。
他舍弃了对味道的渴爱,他的活命就变得清净。
所以,确实不应该轻视以自然落下的果实为食的人。巴利
‘‘Pavattaphalasantuṭṭho, aparāyattajīviko; Pahīnāhāraloluppo, hoti cātuddiso muni. ‘‘Jahāti rasataṇhañca, ājīvo tassa sujjhati; Tasmā hi nātimaññeyya, pavattaphalabhojana’’nti. (visuddhi. 1.26 thokaṃ visadisaṃ) –
善慧智者这样修行下去,没过多久,就在七天内证得了八种等至和五种神通。为了说明这个意思,经文里才说“在那里,他努力精进”等等。其中“在那里”是指在那座修行处所。“精进”就是指精进力,因为精进力应当被勤加修习,或者说因为它能造成精进的状态,所以称为“精进”。“努力”是指他发起了精进力。“坐、立、经行”是指通过安坐、站立和经行来修行。巴利
Evaṃ pavattamāno sumedhapaṇḍito nacirasseva antosattāhe aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca abhiññāyo ca pāpuṇi. Imamatthaṃ pakāsentena ‘‘tatthappadhānaṃpadahi’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha tatthāti tasmiṃ assame. Padhānanti vīriyaṃ, vīriyañhi padahitabbato padhānabhāvakaraṇato vā ‘‘padhāna’’nti vuccati. Padahinti vīriyamārabhiṃ. Nissajjaṭṭhānacaṅkameti nisajjāya ca ṭhānena ca caṅkamena ca.
善慧智者拒绝了躺卧休息,只用坐姿、站姿和经行来度过日日夜夜,在七天之内就证得了神通力。善慧苦行者这样证得神通力、安住在等至之乐中时,那位摄受一切众生、令魔军畏惧、以智慧为灯明的导师——名为燃灯的佛,出现在了世间。巴利
Sumedhapaṇḍito pana seyyaṃ paṭikkhipitvā nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkameheva rattindivaṃ vītināmetvā sattāhabbhantareyeva abhiññābalaṃ pāpuṇi. Evaṃ pana abhiññābalaṃ patvā sumedhatāpase samāpattisukhena vītināmente tadā sabbajanasaṅgahakaro mārabalabhayaṃkaro ñāṇadīpaṅkaro dīpaṅkaro nāma satthā loke udapādi.
简单来说,这位大菩萨的宿世因缘故事是这样的——这位名叫燃灯的大菩萨,圆满了三十种波罗蜜,安住在像须大拏太子那样的生命状态中,做了大地震动等种种大布施,寿命终尽后投生到兜率天。在那里住满了一整段天寿之后,一万个轮围世界的天神聚集到一起——巴利
Saṅkhepeneva tassāyamānupubbikathā – ayaṃ kira dīpaṅkaro nāma mahāsatto samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā vessantarattabhāvasadise attabhāve ṭhito pathavikampanādīni mahādānāni datvā āyupariyosāne tusitapure nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatāhi sannipatitvā –
大雄,你的时机到了,请降入母胎吧。
正在救度包括诸天在内的世间,觉悟那不死之境吧。巴利
‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.67) –
听完那些天神的话之后,他观察了五种大观察,接着就从兜率天死去,投生到可爱城。他投生在荣光超过瓦苏德瓦的人中之王、善天王的家族里,母亲是善慧王后。在阿沙荼月满月那天,以乌答罗沙荼星宿入母胎结生。他被庞大的随从众围绕守护,在母后胎中就像进入宝冠中的摩尼宝珠一样,不被任何不净之物沾染,住胎十个月后,像秋天从云缝中露出的月亮一样,从母后腹中出生。巴利
Vutte tato so devatānaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā ca pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā tato cuto rammavatīnagare attano yasavibhūtiyā vijitavāsudevassa naradevassa sudevassa nāma rañño kule sumedhāya deviyā kucchismiṃ āsāḷhipuṇṇamiyā uttarāsāḷhanakkhattena paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā mahatā parivārena parihariyamāno mahādeviyā kucchimhi maṇikūṭagato viya kenaci asucinā amakkhito dasa māse vasitvā saliladharavivaragato saradakālacando viya tassā udarato nikkhami.
这位燃灯童子,在他投胎的那一刻、出生的那一刻,三十二种瑞相与神通都显现了出来。一切智者菩萨在入母胎、出母胎、成等正觉、转法轮这四个时刻,这三十二种神通变化都会现前。因此,由于这些瑞相十分显著,我便在燃灯童子诞生之时把它们展示了出来——巴利
Tassa pana dīpaṅkarakumārassa paṭisandhikkhaṇepi vijātakkhaṇepi dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni pāṭihāriyāni pāturahesuṃ. Sabbasabbaññubodhisattesu mātukucchiṃ okkamantesu nikkhamantesu sambujjhantesu dhammacakkaṃ pavattantesūti imesu catūsu ṭhānesu dvattiṃsa pāṭihāriyāni pavattanteva. Tasmā mayā pākaṭattā dīpaṅkarakumārassa jātiyaṃ dassitāni –
当可爱又令人欢喜的燃灯童子,作吉祥者、作安宁者诞生时,
那时,一万个轮围世界到处都在震动、摇晃。
在千轮围世界里,有一万位天神;
那时,她们聚集在一个轮围世界里。
天神们接住了刚出生的菩萨大士,
最初他们接取了,后来人们才接取。
没人敲过的蒙皮鼓和音色美妙的琵琶,
那一刻,那些没被任何人碰过的饰物,在四周发出了甜美的声响。
一切处的束缚都断开了,所有疾病也自行消失了;
天生眼盲的人看见了各种形色,聋人听到了四面八方的声音。
生来跛脚的人获得了忆念,跛脚的人确实用脚行走;
去往他乡的船,自己就很快地驶到了港口。
无论是悬在空中的还是埋在地下的,一切宝物都自己向四周放出光芒。
地狱里可怕的烈火已经熄灭,河里的水也不再流动。
在那些轮围世界的间隙里,即使是在痛苦接连不断、没有间断的地方,也出现了宏大、广大的光明。
就在那时,大海的波涛变得平静缓和,海水也变得甘甜。
风没有吹来,也不粗糙不坚硬,树木都开满了花。
月亮比群星更加明亮,太阳也不炎热。
鸟儿们从天空和树上,欢欢喜喜地飞落到下方的大地上。
那云已经遍布四大洲,从四面八方降下甜美的雨水。
诸天住在各自的天宫里,内心清净虔诚。
她们跳舞、唱歌、奏乐,吹口哨,还嬉戏玩耍。
听说,宫殿的大门就在那一刻自己打开了。
在广大众生中,据说饥饿与干渴绝不逼迫世间的任何人。
那些原本常怀敌意的众生,都获得了至高无上的慈心。
乌鸦和猫头鹰一起结伴而行,鹿和猪在一起嬉戏。
凶猛的蛇、蛇中之首的蛇,也和猫鼬一起尽情嬉戏;
虱子们爬上了猫的头,家鼠也同样放心大胆。
即使在没有佛出世的年代,未得水的毕舍遮界众生也已止息了渴爱;
驼背的人变得举止端正优雅,哑巴也说出了甜美的话语。
那些内心清净、生起净信的人们,也彼此说起了亲爱的话。
马儿们也都满心欢喜,发出阵阵嘶鸣;那些陶醉的良象也一同高声吼叫。
到处布满着芬芳的栴檀粉末,散发着花朵、郁金和熏香的好闻香气;
四周到处都挂满了种种可爱的大旗鬘,一万面遍布四方。巴利
‘‘Dīpaṅkare cārukare kumāre, sivaṃkare santikareva jāte; Pakampi saṅkampi tadā samantā, sahassasaṅkhyā dasalokadhātu. ‘‘Cakkavāḷasahassesu, dasasahasseva devatā; Ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷasmiṃ, tadā sannipatiṃsu tā. ‘‘Bodhisattaṃ mahāsattaṃ, jātamattantu devatā; Paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, pacchā taṃ manujā pana. ‘‘Avāditā kenaci cammanaddhā, supokkharā dundubhiyo ca vīṇā; Aghaṭṭitānābharaṇāni tasmiṃ, khaṇe samantā madhuraṃ raviṃsu. ‘‘Chijjiṃsu sabbattha ca bandhanāni, sayaṃ vigacchiṃsu ca sabbarogā; Rūpāni passiṃsu ca jātiandhā, saddaṃ samantā badhirā suṇiṃsu. ‘‘Anussatiṃ jātijaḷā manussā, labhiṃsu yānaṃ padasāva paṅgulā; Videsayātā sayameva nāvā, sapaṭṭanaṃ sīghamupāgamiṃsu. ‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhaṃ bhūmigatañca sabbaṃ, sayaṃ samantā ratanaṃ viroci; Nibbāyi ghore niraye hutāso, nadīsu toyampi ca nappavatti. ‘‘Lokantare dukkhanirantarepi, pabhā uḷārā vipulā ahosi; Tathā tadā santataraṅgamālo, mahāsamuddo madhurodakoyaṃ. ‘‘Na vāyi vāto pharuso kharo vā, samphullapupphā taravo ahesuṃ; Viroci cando adhikaṃ satāro, na cāpi uṇho sūriyo ahosi. ‘‘Khagā nabhamhāpi ca rukkhato ca, haṭṭhāva heṭṭhā pathaviṃ bhajiṃsu; Mahācatuddīpagato ca megho, pavassi toyaṃ madhuraṃ samantā. ‘‘Ṭhatvāva dibbe bhavane sakasmiṃ, pasannacittā pana devatāyo; Nacciṃsu gāyiṃsu ca vādayiṃsu, seḷiṃsu tā keḷimakaṃsu ceva. ‘‘Sayaṃ kira dvāramahākavāṭā, khaṇeva tasmiṃ vivaṭā ahesuṃ; Mahājane neva khudā pipāsā, pīḷesi lokaṃ kira kañci kañci. ‘‘Ye niccaverā pana pāṇisaṅghā, te mettacittaṃ paramaṃ labhiṃsu; Kākā ulūkehi cariṃsu saddhiṃ, koṇā varāhehi akaṃsu keḷiṃ. ‘‘Ghorāpi sappānamukhāpi sappā, kīḷiṃsu kāmaṃ nakulehi saddhiṃ; Gaṇhiṃsu majjārasiresu yūkā, vissatthacittā gharamūsikāpi. ‘‘Buddhantarenāpi aladdhatoye, pisācaloke vigatā pipāsā; Khujjā ahesuṃ samacārukāyā, mūgā ca vācaṃ madhuraṃ lapiṃsu. ‘‘Pasannacittā pana pāṇisaṅghā, tadaññamaññaṃ piyamālapiṃsu; Assā ca hesiṃsu pahaṭṭhacittā, gajjiṃsu mattā varavāraṇāpi. ‘‘Surabhicandanacuṇṇasamākulā , kusumakuṅkumadhūpasugandhinī; Vividhacārumahaddhajamālinī, dasasahassi ahosi samantato’’ti.
其中,一万个世界界的震动,是获得一切知智的前兆;诸天在一个轮围世界里聚集,是在转法轮时一刹那间齐集起来领受法的前兆;诸天最先领受法,是获得四种色界禅那的前兆;之后人们领受法,是获得四种无色界禅那的前兆;蒙了皮的鼓自己就响起来,是宣告大法鼓的前兆;琴和乐器自己就响起来,是获得次第住的前兆;束缚自己就断开,是断除我慢的前兆;大众的一切疾病消失,是获得四谛果的前兆;天生眼盲的人看见色法,是获得天眼的前兆;耳聋的人听见声音,是获得天耳界的前兆。巴利
Tatra hissa dasasahassilokadhātukampo sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, devatānaṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipāto dhammacakkappavattanakāle ekappahāreneva sannipatitvā dhammapaṭiggahaṇassa pubbanimittaṃ, paṭhamaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, pacchā manussānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ catunnaṃ arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ paṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, cammanaddhadundubhīnaṃ sayameva vajjanaṃ mahantiyā dhammabheriyā anusāvanassa pubbanimittaṃ, vīṇābharaṇānaṃ sayameva vajjanaṃ anupubbavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, bandhanānaṃ sayameva chedo asmimānasamucchedassa pubbanimittaṃ, mahājanassa sabbarogavigamo catusaccaphalapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, jaccandhānaṃ rūpadassanaṃ dibbacakkhupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, badhirānaṃ saddassavanaṃ dibbasotadhātupaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ.
天生盲的人能生起忆念,是获得四念处的前兆;跛脚的人能用脚行走,是获得四神足的前兆;前往外国者的船只抵达港口,是证得四无碍解的前兆;珍宝自然发光,是获得法光的前兆;地狱之火熄灭,是十一种火熄灭的前兆;河水中水流不再流动,是获得四无畏的前兆;世界之间出现光明,破除无明的黑暗,是得见智光的前兆;大海的水变成甜味,是以涅槃之味成为一味的前兆;风不再吹动,是破除六十二种恶见的前兆;树木开花,是以解脱之花盛开的前兆。巴利
Jātijaḷānaṃ anussatuppādo catusatipaṭṭhānapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, paṅgulānaṃ padasā gamanaṃ caturiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ, videsagatānaṃ nāvānaṃ sapaṭṭanāgamanaṃ catupaṭisambhidādhigamassa, ratanānaṃ sayameva virocanaṃ dhammobhāsapaṭilābhassa, niraye agginibbāyanaṃ ekādasagginibbāyanassa, nadīsu toyassa nappavattanaṃ catuvesārajjapaṭilābhassa, lokantare āloko avijjandhakāraṃ vidhametvā ñāṇalokadassanassa, mahāsamuddassa madhurodakatā nibbānarasena ekarasabhāvassa, vātassa avāyanaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatabhedanassa, tarūnaṃ pupphitabhāvo vimuttipupphehi pupphitabhāvassa pubbanimittaṃ.
月亮格外明亮,是广受众人喜爱的前兆;太阳不炎热而清净,是生起身心之乐的前兆;鸟群从山林等处飞落到地面行走,是大众听了教诫之后舍身皈依的前兆;巨大的云遍满四洲降下雨水,是降下大法雨的前兆;天众各自待在自己的天宫里,以舞蹈等尽情嬉戏,是成佛之后发出优陀那的前兆;门户自己打开,是打开八正道之门的前兆;饥渴逼迫的消失,是以解脱之乐而安乐的前兆;怨敌获得慈心,是获得四梵住的前兆;一万个世界同以一杆旗帜为庄严,是圣者旗帜庄严的前兆;其余种种殊胜瑞相,应当知道是获得其余诸佛功德的前兆。巴利
Candassa ativirocanaṃ bahujanakantatāya pubbanimittaṃ, sūriyassa nātiuṇhavimalabhāvo kāyikacetasikasukhuppattiyā, khagānaṃ nagādīhi pathavigamanaṃ ovādaṃ sutvā mahājanassa pāṇehi saraṇagamanassa, mahato catuddīpagatameghassa pavassanaṃ mahato dhammavassassa, devatānaṃ sakasakabhavanesveva ṭhatvā naccādīhi kīḷanaṃ buddhabhāvaṃ patvā udānudānassa, dvārakavāṭānaṃ sayameva vivaraṇaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikamaggadvāravivaraṇassa, khudāpīḷanassa abhāvo vimuttisukhena sukhitabhāvassa, verīnaṃ mettacittapaṭilābho catubrahmavihārapaṭilābhassa, dasasahassilokadhātuyā ekadhajamālitā ariyadhajamālitāya pubbanimittaṃ, sesavisesā pana sesabuddhaguṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittānīti veditabbā.
那时,燃灯王子在盛大的富贵享受中,渐渐长到了美好的青年时期。他在适合三个季节的三座宫殿里,享受王权带来的荣华,就像天界的福乐一样。有一次他要去园林游玩,途中依次看见了被称为老、病、死的三位天使,心中生起强烈的警醒,便转身返回,进入了一座名叫乐美城的城市。这座城的富丽庄严,好比善见城一样。进城之后,他第四次派人叫来驯象师,对他说:“朋友,我要出城去看园林,去准备象乘吧。”驯象师回答:“好的,大王。”于是备好了八万四千头大象。那时,据说有一位名叫毗首羯磨的天子,把菩萨装扮起来:穿上各种颜色的衣服,佩戴珍珠项链、臂钏,戴上美丽的新金手镯、宝冠和耳环,头上还用极其芬芳的花鬘装饰。然后,燃灯王子像天界王子一样,由八万四千头大象围绕,坐在最上等的象背上,在庞大的军队簇拥下,进入了那座令人欢喜的园林。他从象背上下来,在园中散步游览,随后在一处极其美丽悦目、令人身心清凉的石板上坐下,生起了出家的念头。就在那一刹那,一位来自净居天、已断尽烦恼的大梵天,拿着八种沙门用具,出现在这位大士的眼前。巴利
Atha dīpaṅkarakumāro mahatiyā sampattiyā paricāriyamāno anukkamena bhaddaṃ yobbanaṃ patvā tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ anucchavikesu tīsu pāsādesu devalokasiriṃ viya rajjasirimanubhavanto uyyānakīḷāya gamanasamaye anukkamena jiṇṇabyādhimatasaṅkhāte tayo devadūte disvā sañjātasaṃvego nivattitvā sudassananagarasadisavibhavasobhaṃ rammavatī nāma nagaraṃ pāvisi. Nagaraṃ pavisitvā puna catutthavāre hatthācariyaṃ pakkosāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, tāta, uyyānadassanatthāya nikkhamissāmi hatthiyānāni kappāpehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti paṭisuṇitvā caturāsītihatthisahassāni kappāpesi. Atha vissakammo nāma devaputto bodhisattaṃ nānāvirāgavasananivāsanaṃ āmukkamuttāhārakeyūraṃ ruciranavakanakakaṭakamakuṭakuṇḍaladharaṃ paramasurabhikusumamālasamalaṅkatasiroruhaṃ samalaṅkari kira. Atha dīpaṅkarakumāro devakumāro viya caturāsītiyā hatthisahassehi parivuto hatthikkhandhavaragato mahatā balakāyena parivuto ratijananaṃ uyyānaṃ pavisitvā hatthikkhandhato oruyha taṃ uyyānamanusañcaritvā paramaruciradassane sakahadayasītale silātale nisīditvā pabbajjāya cittaṃ uppādesi . Taṅkhaṇaññeva suddhāvāsakhīṇāsavo mahābrahmā aṭṭha samaṇaparikkhāre ādāya mahāpurisassa cakkhupathe pāturahosi.
大士看见之后,问:“这是什么?”听说“这是沙门资具”,就把身上的装饰物卸下来,交给管理衣饰的人,然后拿起吉祥剑,连发髻带宝冠一起割下,抛向空中。这时,天王帝释用一个金篮接住那发髻和宝冠,在须弥山顶造了一座三由旬大、纯由青蓝宝石所成的塔,名叫髻塔。接着,大士披上天赐的、作为阿罗汉旗帜的袈裟,又把一套衣物抛向空中。梵天接住那套衣服,在梵天世界造了一座十二由旬大、由各种珍宝所成的塔。燃灯王子出家的时候,有一千万人跟着他一起出家。菩萨被这大众围绕着,精进修行了十个月。然后,在卫塞月月圆那天,他为了乞食走进了一座城。巴利
Mahāpuriso taṃ disvā – ‘‘kimida’’nti pucchitvā, ‘‘samaṇaparikkhāro’’ti sutvā alaṅkārabhaṇḍaṃ omuñcitvā pasādhanabhaṇḍāgārikassa hatthe datvā maṅgalakhaggamādāya saddhiṃ makuṭena kese chinditvā antalikkhe ākāse ukkhipi. Atha sakko devarājā suvaṇṇacaṅkoṭakena taṃ kesamakuṭaṃ ādāya sinerumuddhani tiyojanappamāṇaṃ indanīlamaṇimayaṃ makuṭacetiyaṃ nāma akāsi. Atha mahāpuriso devadattiyaṃ arahattadhajaṃ kāsāvaṃ paridahitvā sāṭakayugaṃ ākāse khipi. Taṃ brahmā paṭiggahetvā brahmaloke dvādasayojanikaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ cetiyamakāsi. Dīpaṅkarakumāraṃ pana pabbajantaṃ ekā purisakoṭi anupabbaji. Tāya pana parisāya parivuto bodhisatto dasa māse padhānacariyaṃ acari. Atha visākhapuṇṇamāya aññataraṃ nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
据说在那座城里,那天人们为了祭供天神,煮了不加水的乳粥。可当大士带着随行弟子进城乞食时,人们却把那些粥布施给了他们。据说那些食物足够所有数以千万计的比丘食用。天神们又把天界的食物放进大士的钵里。大士吃完后,就在那片娑罗林里度过了白天。到了傍晚,他从静坐中起来,遣散了众人,拿了名叫苏难陀的邪命外道给的八把草,走到毕波罗菩提树下,铺好草座,把九十肘高的菩提树干留在背后,盘腿结跏趺坐,立下四正勤的誓愿,坐在菩提树下。巴利
Tasmiṃ kira nagare taṃdivasaṃ devatānaṃ balikaraṇatthāya nirudakapāyāsaṃ paciṃsu. Tassa pana mahāsattassa saparisassa piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa manussā adaṃsu. Taṃ kira sabbesaṃ koṭisaṅkhyāyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pariyattaṃ ahosi. Mahāpurisassa pana patte devatā dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Taṃ paribhuñjitvā tattheva sālavane divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye paṭisallānā vuṭṭhāya gaṇaṃ vissajjetvā sunandena nāmājīvakena dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā pipphalibodhirukkhamūlaṃ gantvā tiṇasantharaṃ santharitvā navutihatthaṃ bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūle nisīdi.
随后,他摧毁了魔军。在初夜时分,他回忆起过去世的种种经历;到中夜时分,他使天眼变得清净;到后夜时分,他顺着和逆着观察缘起,反复思惟,然后进入出入息第四禅。从禅定出来以后,他专注于五蕴,以生灭的方式观察,看到五十种相,使观智一步步增长,直到种姓智。破晓时,他通过圣道证悟了佛陀的一切功德,发出佛陀的狮子吼。之后,他在菩提树附近度过了七个七天,答应梵天的请求而说法,在善现园转动法轮,让成百上千万的天和人尝到不死之法。就像覆盖四大洲的大云一般降下法雨,他降下法雨,解开大众的束缚,在各地游化。巴利
Tato mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā rattiyā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme anulomapaṭilomavasena paccayākāraṃ sammasitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya pañcasu khandhesu abhinivisitvā udayabbayavasena samapaññāsa lakkhaṇāni disvā yāva gotrabhuñāṇaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā aruṇodaye ariyamaggena sakalabuddhaguṇe paṭivijjhitvā buddhasīhanādaṃ naditvā sattasattāhaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva vītināmetvā brahmuno dhammadesanaṃ paṭiññāya sunandārāme dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā koṭisatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ dhammāmataṃ pāyetvā catuddīpikamahāmegho viya dhammavassaṃ vassento mahājanassa bandhanamokkhaṃ karonto janapadacārikaṃ vicari.
那时,据说善慧智者正沉浸在禅定的快乐中,既没有看到大地震动,也没有看到那些瑞相。因此这样说:巴利
Tadā kira sumedhapaṇḍito samāpattisukhena vītināmento neva pathavikampanamaddasa na tāni nimittāni. Tena vuttaṃ –
就这样,当我达到成就、在教法中得自在时,
名为燃灯的胜者、世间导师,出现于世。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ me siddhippattassa, vasībhūtassa sāsane; Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako.
当燃灯佛生起、产生、觉悟,以及说法的时候;
我没看见那四种征兆,因为我正沉浸在禅那的喜悦中。巴利
‘‘Uppajjante ca jāyante, bujjhante dhammadesane; Caturo nimitte nāddasaṃ, jhānaratisamappito’’ti.
这里,“如是”是在指示接下来要说的内容。“我”就是我的意思。“成就者”指已经获得五种神通成就的人。“自在者”指已得自在的人,意思是已经达到熟练自如的状态。“于教法中”:指在乐于远离者的教法中,这里应当理解为表示不敬的属格。“胜者”:因为战胜了烦恼之敌,所以叫胜者。巴利
Tattha evanti idāni vattabbaṃ nidasseti. Meti mama. Siddhippattassāti pañcābhiññāsiddhippattassa. Vasībhūtassāti bhūtavasissa, ciṇṇavasībhāvamupagatassāti attho. Sāsaneti vivekamānasānaṃ sāsane, anādaralakkhaṇe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Jinoti kilesārijayanena jino.
“生起时”指结生那一刻。“出生时”指从母胎出来的时候。“觉悟时”指证得无上正等正觉的时候。“说法时”指转法轮的时候。“四种相”就是四种征兆。意思是说,在燃灯十力佛的结生、出生、觉悟、转法轮这四个时刻,出现了一万世界震动等征兆。对此有人问:那些征兆明明很多,为什么只说“四种相”?这不合理吧?回答说:并非不合理。虽然这些征兆很多,但因为是在这四个时刻发生的,所以说“四种相”。“我没看见”就是我未曾见到。现在为了说明没看见那四种相的原因,所以说“沉浸在禅那之乐中”。“禅那之乐”是等至之乐的别名。因为完全沉浸在禅那之乐中、与禅那之乐相应,所以没看见那些征兆——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Uppajjanteti paṭisandhiggahaṇe. Jāyanteti mātukucchito nikkhamane. Bujjhanteti anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhante. Dhammadesaneti dhammacakkappavattane. Caturonimitteti cattāri nimittāni. Dīpaṅkarassa dasabalassa paṭisandhi-jāti-bodhi-dhammacakkappavattanesu catūsu ṭhānesu dasasahassilokadhātukampanādīni nimittānīti attho. Etthāha – tāni pana bahūni nimittāni, kasmā ‘‘caturo nimitte’’ti vuttaṃ, ayuttaṃ nanūti? Nāyuttaṃ, yadipi etāni bahūni nimittāni, catūsu ṭhānesu pana pavattattā ‘‘caturo nimitte’’ti vuttaṃ. Nāddasanti nāddasiṃ. Idāni tesaṃ catunnaṃ nimittānaṃ adassane kāraṇaṃ niddisanto ‘‘jhānaratisamappito’’ti āha. Jhānaratīti samāpattisukhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Jhānaratiyā samappitattā samaṅgībhūtattā tāni nimittāni nāddasanti attho.
那时,燃灯十力佛被四群十万漏尽者围绕,次第游行,来到一座名叫“可意”的极其可爱的城市,住在善见大寺。可意城的居民听说:“燃灯十力佛证得无上正自觉,转起殊胜法轮后,次第游行,已来到可意城,住在善见大寺。”他们便带上熟酥等药物,吃过早餐,穿着洁净的上衣,手拿花、香、涂香,前往佛陀那里。到了之后,顶礼大师,用花等供养,坐在一边,听闻极为甜美的法义。随后邀请世尊明天应供,从座位起身,右绕十力佛,离去。巴利
Atha tasmiṃ kāle dīpaṅkaradasabalo catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi parivuto anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno paramarammaṃ rammaṃ nāma nagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasati. Rammanagaravāsino ‘‘dīpaṅkaro kira dasabalo anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno rammanagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasatī’’ti sutvā sappiādīni bhesajjāni gahetvā bhuttapātarāsā suddhuttarāsaṅgā pupphadhūpagandhahatthā yena buddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā satthāraṃ vanditvā pupphādīhi pūjetvā ekamantaṃ nisīditvā atimadhuraṃ dhammakathaṃ sutvā svātanāya bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā dasabalaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
第二天,他们准备好了一场无可比拟的大布施:搭起大棚,用洁净柔软的蓝莲花覆盖,用四种香料涂抹地面,撒上炒米等五种香花;在大棚四角放上装满清凉甜水的瓮,用芭蕉叶盖好;在大棚上方挂起像胜利茉莉花一样极其美丽悦目的布制顶幔,用金、宝、银做成的星星点缀;在那里悬挂香鬘、花鬘、叶鬘和宝鬘;点燃熏香,让阴天般的香烟弥漫;又把整座可爱的庄严城清扫干净,摆上结了果实的芭蕉树和用花装饰的满水罐;竖起种种不同颜色的幢幡;在大路两侧用布墙围起来。为了给燃灯十力佛铺饰来路,他们在被水冲坏的地方填上泥土,把泥泞不平的地面弄平,铺上像珍珠一样的白沙,又撒上炒米等五种香花,并在路口安放结了果实的芭蕉树。巴利
Te punadivase asadisamahādānaṃ sajjetvā maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā vimalakomalehi nīluppalehi chādetvā catujjātigandhena paribhaṇḍaṃ kāretvā lājapañcamāni surabhikusumāni vikiritvā maṇḍapassa catūsu koṇesu sītalamadhuravāripuṇṇā cāṭiyo ṭhapetvā kadalipaṇṇehi pidahitvā maṇḍapopari jayasumanakusumasadisaṃ paramaruciradassanaṃ celavitānaṃ bandhitvā suvaṇṇamaṇirajatatārakāhi racayitvā tattha gandhadāmapupphadāmapattadāmaratanadāmāni olambetvā dhūpehi duddinaṃ katvā sakalañca taṃ rammaṃ rammanagaraṃ sammaṭṭhaṃ saphalakadaliyo ca pupphasamalaṅkate puṇṇaghaṭe ca ṭhapāpetvā nānāvirāgā dhajapaṭākāyo ca samussāpetvā mahāvīthiyā ubhosu passesu sāṇipākārehi parikkhipitvā dīpaṅkaradasabalassa āgamanamaggaṃ alaṅkarontā udakaparibhinnaṭṭhānesu paṃsuṃ pakkhipitvā cikkhallakampi pathaviṃ asamaṃ samaṃ katvā muttāsadisāhi vālukāhi ākiranti, lājapañcamehi ca pupphehi ākiranti, saphalakadalikamuke ca patiṭṭhāpenti.
那时,善慧苦行者从自己的草庵出来,以神通飞上虚空,从庄严城居民的上方经过。他看见那些满心欢喜的人正在清扫和装饰道路,心想:“这是什么缘故呢?”于是就在众人都看得见的情况下,从空中降下,站在一旁,问那些人:“喂!你们是为了谁在清扫这条路呢?”因此说道:巴利
Atha tasmiṃ kāle sumedhatāpaso attano assamapadato uggantvā rammanagaravāsīnaṃ tesaṃ manussānaṃ uparibhāgena ākāsena gacchanto te haṭṭhapahaṭṭhe maggaṃ sodhente ca alaṅkaronte ca disvā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti cintetvā sabbesaṃ passantānaññeva ākāsato oruyha ekamante ṭhatvā te manusse pucchi – ‘‘ambho! Kassatthāya tumhe imaṃ maggaṃ sodhethā’’ti? Tena vuttaṃ –
在边地境内,邀请如来之后,
那些内心欢喜的人,会清扫他即将到来的道路。巴利
‘‘Paccantadesavisaye, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ; Tassa āgamanaṃ maggaṃ, sodhenti tuṭṭhamānasā.
那时,我从自己的草庵走出来;
那时,我抖动着树皮衣,在空中行走。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, nikkhamitvā sakassamā; Dhunanto vākacīrāni, gacchāmi ambare tadā.
看到那些喜悦生起、欢欣鼓舞、满心欢喜的人们,
从空中降下后,他立刻向人们询问。巴利
‘‘Vedajātaṃ janaṃ disvā, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditaṃ; Orohitvāna gaganā, manusse pucchi tāvade.
大众满足喜悦、欢欣鼓舞,为知识所生。
正在为谁清理大道与通路?巴利
‘‘Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito, vedajāto mahājano; Kassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyana’’nti.
在这里,边地地域指的是中部区域旁边一个叫边地的地方。从那里应来的路,意思是从那里过来的路。我在那个时候,就是我在那个时刻,这里的具格要理解为表示处所的位格。从自己的住处出来,就是离开自己住的地方。抖落,就是抖掉、甩掉。另外,在那个时刻和在那时这两个词意思相同,所以要把前一个词和出离的动作连起来理解,后一个词和行走的动作连起来理解,否则就免不了重复用词的毛病。在那时就是在那个时刻。巴利
Tattha paccantadesavisayeti majjhimadesasseva ekapasse paccantadesasaññite janapade. Tassa āgamanaṃ magganti tena āgantabbaṃ magganti attho. Ahaṃ tena samayenāti ahaṃ tasmiṃ samaye, bhummatthe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sakassamāti attano assamapadato nikkhamitvā. Dhunantoti odhunanto. ‘‘Tena samayena’’ ca, ‘‘tadā’’ cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ ekatthattā purimassa nikkhamanakiriyāya pacchimassa ca gamanakiriyāya saddhiṃ sambandho veditabbo, itarathā punaruttidosā na muccati. Tadāti tasmiṃ samaye.
“心生喜悦”,就是内心生起了喜悦。“满意、高兴、欢喜”这三个词,彼此是同义词,互相说明对方的含义。或者也可以这样说:因为快乐而满意,因为喜悦而高兴,因为愉悦而欢喜。“降下后”,就是下来之后。“问人们”,就是询问众人。这也是原文的一种读法。“那时”,意思是当时,就在那一刻。接下来,为了显示所问的意义,才说了“满意、高兴、欢喜”等语句。在这里,说这大众满意、高兴,怀着欢喜心在整治道路,是出于什么原因要整治呢?或者是为了谁才整治呢?应当这样把“整治”一词引进来理解其含义,否则文意就不通顺。所谓“被整治”,就是被收拾得干净整洁的意思。“道路、路径、通道”,这些都是“道路”的同义词。巴利
Vedajātanti sañjātasomanassaṃ. Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditanti imāni tīṇi padāni aññamaññavevacanāni aññamaññassa atthadīpanāni. Atha vā sukhena tuṭṭhaṃ, pītiyā haṭṭhaṃ, pāmojjena pamuditaṃ. Orohitvānāti otaritvā. Manusse pucchīti mānuse pucchi. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Tāvadeti tadā, taṅkhaṇeyevāti attho. Idāni pucchitamatthaṃ dassentena ‘‘tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ayaṃ mahājano tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamoditahadayo hutvā maggaṃ sodheti, kiṃ kāraṇā sodheti, kassatthāya vā sodhetīti? Evaṃ ‘‘sodheti’’ saddaṃ āharitvā attho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā na yujjati. Sodhīyatīti suddhabhāvo karīyati. Maggo añjasaṃ vaṭumāyananti maggassevetāni vevacanāni.
善慧苦行者这样一问,那些人就回答说:“善慧尊者,您难道不知道吗?有一位叫燃灯的佛陀,已经证得无上正等正觉,转动了殊胜的法轮,正在各地游化,一路渐次来到我们的城市,现在住在善见大寺。我们邀请那位世尊,就是为了迎接那位佛陀、世尊的到来,才在清理这条路。”善慧智者听了这话,心里想:“‘佛陀’这个名号的声音,在这世上都极难听到,更别说佛陀真正出世了。既然如此,我也应该和这些人一起,为具足十力的世尊清理来临的道路。”于是他对那些人说:“贤友们,如果你们是为佛陀清理这条路,也请分给我一块地方,我也要和你们一起为佛陀清理道路。”那些人答应道:“好!”他们知道这位善慧智者有大神通、大威力,就特意找了一处极难清理、积满泥水、非常崎岖不平的地方,对他说:“这块地方就请您来清理、美化吧。”于是交给了他。善慧智者生起了以佛陀为所缘的喜悦,心里想:“我确实能用神通把这块地方变得极其庄严好看,但那样做,我心里不会满足。今天我应该亲身去做事、出力。”于是他就运来泥土,把那块地方填平了。巴利
Evaṃ tena sumedhatāpasena puṭṭhā te manussā āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante sumedha, kiṃ na jānātha dīpaṅkaro nāma buddho anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko janapadacārikaṃ caramāno anukkamena amhākaṃ nagaraṃ patvā sudassanamahāvihāre paṭivasati, mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ nimantayitvā tasseva buddhassa bhagavato āgamanamaggaṃ sodhemā’’ti. Tato taṃ sutvā sumedhapaṇḍito cintesi – ‘‘buddhoti kho panesa ghosopi dullabho, pageva buddhuppādo, tena hi mayāpi imehi manussehi saddhiṃ dasabalassa āgamanamaggaṃ sodhetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So te manusse āha – ‘‘sace, bho, tumhe imaṃ maggaṃ buddhassa sodhetha, mayhampi ekaṃ okāsaṃ detha, ahampi tumhehi saddhiṃ buddhassa maggaṃ sodhessāmī’’ti. Tato te ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ sumedhapaṇḍito mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’ti jānamānā dubbisodhanaṃ udakasambhinnaṃ ativiya visamaṃ ekaṃ okāsaṃ sallakkhetvā – ‘‘imaṃ okāsaṃ tumhe sodhetha alaṅkarotha cā’’ti adaṃsu. Tato sumedhapaṇḍito buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ uppādetvā cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pana imaṃ okāsaṃ iddhiyā paramadassanīyaṃ kātuṃ pahomi, evaṃ kate pana maṃ na paritosessati. Ajja pana mayā kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti paṃsuṃ āharitvā taṃ padesaṃ pūreti.
可是,当那个地方还没清理好、工程还在进行的时候,喜乐城的居民就来向世尊报告时间,说:“尊者,饭食已经准备好了。”他们这样按时报告之后,具足十力的世尊就穿上了一件颜色像胜妙花一样的双层下衣,遮住了三轮;然后在上面系上一条腰带,那腰带像用金蔓缠绕胜妙花束一样,闪耀着闪电般的光彩;接着披上一件殊胜的粪扫衣作为外衣,颜色像沾满紫胶汁的紧叔迦花那样红艳。那副庄严的样子,仿佛把紫胶汁倾泻在金山顶上,又像用珊瑚网围绕黄金佛塔,也像用红毛毯包裹金枕头,更像秋天的满月被红色雨云遮住。穿戴好后,他从香室门口走出来,像一头狮子从金色洞窟中出来,站在香室前面。这时,所有比丘各自拿着自己的衣钵,围在世尊身边。那些环绕而立在一旁的比丘们,是这样的——巴利
Tassa pana tasmiṃ padese asodhite vippakateyeva rammanagaravāsino manussā bhagavato kālamārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, bhatta’’nti. Evaṃ tehi kāle ārocite dasabalo jayasumanakusumasadisavaṇṇaṃ dupaṭṭacīvaraṃ timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādetvā nivāsetvā tassupari suvaṇṇapāmaṅgena jayasumanakusumakalāpaṃ parikkhipanto viya vijjulatāsassirikaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā kanakagirisikharamatthake lākhārasaṃ parisiñcanto viya suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ pavāḷajālena parikkhipanto viya ca suvaṇṇagghikaṃ rattakambalena paṭimuñcanto viya ca saradasamayarajanikaraṃ rattavalāhakena paṭicchādento viya ca lākhārasena tintakiṃsukakusumasadisavaṇṇaṃ rattavarapaṃsukūlacīvaraṃ pārupitvā gandhakuṭidvārato kañcanaguhato sīho viya nikkhamitvā gandhakuṭipamukhe aṭṭhāsi. Atha sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaramādāya bhagavantaṃ parivārayiṃsu. Te pana parivāretvā ṭhitā bhikkhū evarūpā ahesuṃ –
他们少欲知足,说话恳切,也能接受别人的劝告;
远离尘嚣,不与俗众混杂,身心调伏,呵责恶行。
所有戒行圆满的人,都精通定与禅那;
他们具备慧解脱,并拥有十五种行。
诸漏已尽,达到自在,拥有神通,享有盛名;
诸根寂静,达到调伏圆满,清净无染,已灭尽后有。巴利
‘‘Appicchā pana santuṭṭhā, vattāro vacanakkhamā; Pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā, vinītā pāpagarahino. ‘‘Sabbepi sīlasampannā, samādhijjhānakovidā; Paññāvimuttisampannā, tipañcacaraṇāyutā. ‘‘Khīṇāsavā vasippattā, iddhimanto yasassino; Santindriyā damappattā, suddhā khīṇapunabbhavā’’ti.
就这样,世尊自己已经离贪,被离贪的人们围绕着;自己已经离嗔,被离嗔的人们围绕着;自己已经离痴,被离痴的人们围绕着,显得格外光辉耀眼。那时,导师被四十万位有大神通、已断尽烦恼、具足六神通的漏尽者围绕着,就像被天众围绕的千眼帝释天,又像被梵众围绕的哈利大梵天。他凭着无量劫以来累积的善业之力所生的、无可比拟的佛陀威仪,如同被群星围绕的秋月,在天空中走上了那条已经装饰布置好的道路。巴利
Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi vītadoso vītadosehi vītamoho vītamohehi parivuto ativiya virocittha. Atha satthā mahānubhāvānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ chaḷabhiññānaṃ catūhi satasahassehi parivuto marugaṇaparivuto dasasatanayano viya brahmagaṇaparivuto hāritamahābrahmā viya ca aparimitasamayasamupacitakusalabalajanitāya anopamāya buddhalīḷāya tārāgaṇaparivuto saradasamayarajanikaro viya ca gaganatalaṃ taṃ maggaṃ alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ paṭipajji.
那位智者凭着金色的光辉,让路边的树木也变成了金色——这是传闻所说的。
他一边让花朵变成金色,一边以金色的身相踏上了那条路。巴利
‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇāya pabhāya dhīro, suvaṇṇavaṇṇe kira maggarukkhe; Suvaṇṇavaṇṇe kusume karonto, suvaṇṇavaṇṇo paṭipajji maggaṃ’’.
善慧苦行者也睁开双眼,看见燃灯佛世尊正沿着那条庄严铺设的道路走来。世尊具备三十二大人相,又有八十种随形好作装饰,周身被一寻光明环绕,光彩如同帝青宝,在虚空中像种种闪电一样放出六色佛光,色身达到殊胜端严。他看后心想:“今天我应该为十力者舍弃生命。”于是说:“请世尊不要踩到泥泞里,就像踏上宝石板桥一样,和四十万漏尽比丘一起踩着我的背走吧,这对我来说将带来长久的利益和安乐。”说完,他解开头发,把鹿皮、发髻和树皮衣铺在那黑色的泥泞上,自己就躺在那里,躺在泥泞上面。因此说:巴利
Sumedhatāpasopi tena alaṅkatapaṭiyattena maggena āgacchantassa dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ asītiyā anubyañjanehi anurañjitaṃ byāmappabhāya parikkhepaṃ sassirikaṃ indanīlamaṇisadisaṃ ākāse nānappakārā vijjulatā viya chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vissajjentaṃ rūpasobhaggappattaṃ attabhāvaṃ akkhīni ummīletvā oloketvā – ‘‘ajja mayā dasabalassa jīvitapariccāgaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti, ‘‘mā bhagavā kalale akkami, maṇimayaphalakasetuṃ akkamanto viya saddhiṃ catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi mama piṭṭhiṃ akkamanto gacchatu, taṃ me bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti kese mocetvā ajinajaṭāvākacīrāni kāḷavaṇṇe kalale pattharitvā tattheva kalalapiṭṭhe nipajji. Tena vuttaṃ –
他们回答我的提问:佛陀是世间无上者;
名为燃灯的胜者、世间导师,出现于世。
他的道路被清理干净,那是一条笔直平坦的大道。巴利
‘‘Te me puṭṭhā viyākaṃsu, buddho loke anuttaro; Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako; Tassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ.
一听到“佛陀”这个词,喜顿时就生了起来。
我一声声念着“佛陀啊,佛陀”,表达了满心的欢喜。巴利
‘‘Buddhoti vacanaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade; Buddho buddhoti kathayanto, somanassaṃ pavedayiṃ.
我在那里站定后这样思索,内心欢喜,却又心生警醒。
我要在这里播下种子,千万别错过这个时机。巴利
‘‘Tattha ṭhatvā vicintesiṃ, tuṭṭho saṃviggamānaso; Idha bījāni ropissaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā.
如果你们在为佛陀清扫,请给我留一块地方;
我也要来清理那条笔直平坦的大道。巴利
‘‘Yadi buddhassa sodhetha, ekokāsaṃ dadātha me; Ahampi sodhayissāmi, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ.
那时他们给了我一块地方,以便清理道路。
那时,我一边想着“佛陀、佛陀”,一边清扫那条道路。巴利
‘‘Adaṃsu te mamokāsaṃ, sodhetuṃ añjasaṃ tadā; Buddho buddhoti cintento, maggaṃ sodhemahaṃ tadā.
在我的机会尚未成熟时,燃灯大牟尼;
与四十万位具足六种神通、如是(解脱)的比丘们一起,
胜者与诸漏已尽、远离烦恼垢秽的阿罗汉们一起,走上了正道。巴利
‘‘Aniṭṭhite mamokāse, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni; Catūhi satasahassehi, chaḷabhiññehi tādihi; Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, paṭipajji añjasaṃ jino.
迎接的队伍正在行进,许多大鼓被敲响。
人与天人们满心欢喜,发出了“善哉”的赞叹声。巴利
‘‘Paccuggamanā vattanti, vajjanti bheriyo bahū; Āmoditā naramarū, sādhukāraṃ pavattayuṃ.
天人们能看见人,人也能看见天神;
他们俩都双手合十,跟随如来。巴利
‘‘Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi ca devatā; Ubhopi te pañjalikā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ.
天人们用天界的乐器奏乐,人们也用人类的乐器奏乐;
他们俩都演奏着乐器,跟随如来而行。巴利
‘‘Devā dibbehi turiyehi, manussā mānusehi ca; Ubhopi te vajjayantā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ.
天界的曼陀罗花、莲花和珊瑚树花;
住在虚空中的天神们,向四面八方撒下。巴利
‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū.
天界的栴檀粉末,还有最殊胜的香,全部一切。
天人们站在虚空中,向四面八方撒去。巴利
‘‘Dibbaṃ candanacuṇṇañca, varagandhañca kevalaṃ; Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū.
占巴树、莎罗树、尼波树,还有龙树、富楼那树和葛塔拉树;
人们站在大地上,向四面八方高高抛起。巴利
‘‘Campakaṃ saralaṃ nīpaṃ, nāgapunnāgaketalaṃ; Disodisaṃ ukkhipanti, bhūmitalagatā narā.
我在那里解开头发,把树皮衣和兽皮舍弃;
铺在泥浆上,我俯身趴下。巴利
‘‘Kese muñcitvāhaṃ tattha, vākacīrañca cammakaṃ; Kalale pattharitvāna, avakujjo nipajjahaṃ.
佛陀已从我身上踩过,请带着弟子们一起走吧;
别在泥里踩踏他,这样才会对我有好处。巴利
‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu; Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti.
在这里,“记说”就是他们作了记别。也有写成“名为燃灯的胜者,为他清理道路”这样的读法。“表达喜悦”意思是他们体验着喜悦。“站在那里”是说,他在那个从空中降落到的地方,就站在那里。“悚惧心”就是心中充满喜悦与惊叹。“此处”是指在这个燃灯佛的福田里。“种子”是指善的种子。“将种植”就是我将种下。“刹那”是指远离八种无暇时刻的第九种时机聚合,那种极为难得的时机已经被我得到了。“ve”只是一个没有实义的小品词。“莫超越”意思是愿它不要过去、不要越过。“请给与”就是请你们施舍。“他们”是指那些被我问到的人。“我那时清净”就是我那时清净。“未完成”是指尚未结束、还在进行中。“诸漏已尽者”中,有四种漏:欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。这四种漏如果已被灭尽、断除、彻底斩断、止息、不可能再生起、被智慧之火烧尽,这样的人就是诸漏已尽者,也就是那些诸漏已尽的人。正因为诸漏已尽,所以他们清净无染。巴利
Tattha viyākaṃsūti byākariṃsu. ‘‘Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, tassa sodhīyati patho’’tipi pāṭho. Somanassaṃ pavedayinti somanassamanubhavinti attho. Tattha ṭhatvāti yasmiṃ padese ākāsato otari, tattheva ṭhatvā. Saṃviggamānasoti pītivimhitamānaso. Idhāti imasmiṃ dīpaṅkare puññakkhette. Bījānīti kusalabījāni. Ropissanti ropissāmi. Khaṇoti aṭṭhakkhaṇavirahito navamo khaṇasannipāto. Atidullabho so mayā paṭiladdho. Veti nipātamattaṃ. Mā upaccagāti so mā accagamā, mā atikkamīti attho. Dadāthāti detha. Teti ye me puṭṭhā manussā, teti attho. Sodhemahaṃ tadāti sodhemi ahaṃ tadā. Aniṭṭhiteti apariyosite vippakate. Khīṇāsavehīti ettha cattāro āsavā – kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavoti (cūḷani. jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchāniddesa 69) ime cattāro āsavā yesaṃ khīṇā pahīnā samucchinnā paṭippassaddhā abhabbuppattikā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā, te khīṇāsavā, tehi khīṇāsavehi. Khīṇāsavattāyeva vimalehi.
天人们看见人这句话里,不需要说明天人是怎样看见人的;只是按通常的看见方式来说,就像人们站在这里能看见那样,天人们也是这样看见人的。Devatā 就是天人。Ubho 是两者,指天与人这两类。Pañjalikā 是合掌的人,意思是将双手合拢举到头顶。Anuyanti tathāgataṃ 是跟在如来身后走;在表达追随这一意义时,表示所属关系的语境里会用业格,这是一条语法规则,所以说“追随如来”。Vajjayantā 就是正在宣称的人们。巴利
Devā manusse passantīti ettha devānaṃ manussadassane vattabbaṃ natthi, pakatidassanavasena pana yathā manussā idha ṭhatvā passanti, evaṃ devāpi manusse passantīti attho. Devatāti deve. Ubhopīti ubho devamanussā. Pañjalikāti katapañjalikā, ubhopi hatthe sirasi patiṭṭhāpetvāti attho. Anuyanti tathāgatanti tathāgatassa pacchato yanti, anuyoge sati sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ hotīti lakkhaṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘anuyanti tathāgata’’nti. Vajjayantāti vādentā.
曼陀罗花就是曼陀罗花。从各方就是从每一个方向。散撒就是到处抛洒。行于虚空就是行于被称为虚空的天空中。或者也可以说,行于虚空就是前往天界,因为“虚空”这个词确实也用来指天界。Marū就是不死的天神们。娑罗就是娑罗树的花。尼波就是迦昙婆花。龙树花、奔那伽花、凯塔迦花就是龙树、奔那伽、凯塔迦这些树的花。落于地上就是掉到了地面上。巴利
Mandāravanti mandāravapupphaṃ. Disodisanti disato disato. Okirantīti avakiranti. Ākāsanabhagatāti ākāsasaṅkhāte nabhasi gatā. Atha vā ākāsaṃ gatā saggagatāva. ‘‘Nabho’’ti hi saggo vuccati. Marūti amarā. Saralanti saralatarukusumaṃ. Nīpanti kadambapupphaṃ. Nāgapunnāgaketakanti nāgapunnāgaketakapupphāni ca. Bhūmitalagatāti bhūmigatā.
我把头发解开,指的是把结成髻、弯曲盘绕的头发解开、散开。在那里,指的是他让给我的那块地方。兽皮,就是一块皮革。泥沼,就是泥泞的烂泥。俯身,就是头朝下、脸朝地。我躺下,就是我伏卧下来。这里“莫”是否定小品词,“那”是补足音节的小品词,意思是“愿佛陀不要踏入泥沼”。“那将对我有利益”,意思是佛陀不踏入泥沼这件事,会在长久的时间里对我有利益。也有读作“将为我带来安乐”的。巴利
Kesemuñcitvāhanti ahaṃ kese baddhā kalāpakuṭilajaṭā muñcitvā, vippakiritvāti attho. Tatthāti mayhaṃ dinne okāse. Cammakanti cammakkhaṇḍaṃ. Kalaleti cikkhallakaddame. Avakujjoti adhomukho hutvā. Nipajjahanti nipajjiṃ ahaṃ. Mā nanti ettha māti paṭisedhatthe nipāto. Nanti padapūraṇatthe nipāto, buddho kalale mā akkamitthāti attho. Hitāya me bhavissatīti taṃ kalale anakkamanaṃ dīgharattaṃ mama hitatthāya bhavissatīti. ‘‘Sukhāya me bhavissatī’’tipi pāṭho.
善慧智者躺在泥沼上,心里这样想:“如果我想的话,就能烧尽一切烦恼,成为僧团里的新学比丘,然后进城去。可是,靠隐姓埋名来烧尽烦恼、证得涅槃,对我来说并没有必要。不如像燃灯佛这位十力者那样,证得无上正觉之后,驾起佛法之舟,把广大众生从轮回苦海里渡出来,然后我才入般涅槃——这样才适合我。”于是他圆满具足了八种法,发起成就佛果的大愿,然后躺了下来。因此说道:巴利
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito kalalapiṭṭhe nipanno evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ iccheyyaṃ sabbakilese jhāpetvā saṅghanavako hutvā rammanagaraṃ paviseyyaṃ, aññātakavesena pana me kilese jhāpetvā nibbānappattiyā kiccaṃ natthi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dīpaṅkaradasabalo viya paramābhisambodhiṃ patvā dhammanāvaṃ āropetvā mahājanaṃ saṃsārasāgarā uttāretvā pacchā parinibbāyeyyaṃ, idaṃ me patirūpa’’nti. Tato aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvā buddhabhāvāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipajji. Tena vuttaṃ –
我躺在地上时,心里这样想:
今天我只要愿意,就能烧尽自己的烦恼。巴利
‘‘Pathaviyaṃ nipannassa, evaṃ me āsi cetaso; Icchamāno ahaṃ ajja, kilese jhāpaye mama.
我以不为人知的身份在这里亲证法,这对我有什么用呢?
证得一切知智之后,我将在有天神的世界中成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake.
就算只有我一个人渡过彼岸,作为一个有力量的男子,这对我又有什么意义?
证得一切知智之后,我要度脱包括诸天在内的世间。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ.
凭我在最尊贵者面前所做的这份善行;
证得一切知智之后,我要把众多众生渡到彼岸。巴利
‘‘Iminā me adhikārena, katena purisuttame; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ.
截断轮回之流,摧毁三有;
登上法之舟,我要把连同天神在内的众生都渡过去。巴利
‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevaka’’nti.
在这里,“躺在大地上的人”就是指躺在地上的人。也有另一种读法。“心的”是指心里生起了这样的念头,意思是心中起了这样的想法。还有一种读法是“我生起了这样的思”。 “希望”是指想要、期盼。“烦恼”:因为它们染污、烧灼众生,所以叫烦恼,也就是贪等十种烦恼。“烧尽”是指应当烧尽,意思是愿我的烦恼被烧尽。巴利
Tattha pathaviyaṃ nipannassāti puthaviyā nipannassa. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Cetasoti cetaso parivitakko ahosīti attho. ‘‘Evaṃ me āsi cetanā’’tipi pāṭho. Icchamānoti ākaṅkhamāno. Kileseti kilissanti upatāpentīti kilesā, rāgādayo dasa. Jhāpayeti jhāpeyyaṃ, mama kilese jhāpaye ahanti attho.
“Kiṃ”是表示反问否定的说法。“Aññātavesena”的意思是以不明显、不为人知、隐蔽的方式。但在这里,它的用意是:为什么要像那些比丘一样,只是灭尽诸漏就完了呢?为什么不在圆满能成就佛果的诸法之后,在结生、诞生、成正觉、转法轮的时候让大地剧烈震动,成为觉悟者而能觉悟他人,成为已度脱者而能度脱他人,成为已解脱者而能解脱他人呢?“Sadevaka”指包含天神的世间。巴利
Kinti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Aññātavesenāti apākaṭavesena, aviññātena paṭicchannena. Idha pana bhikkhū viya āsavakkhayaṃ katvā kiṃ, buddhakare dhamme pūretvā paṭisandhijātibodhidhammacakkappavattanesu mahāpathavikampanaṃ katvā buddho bodhetā, tiṇṇo tāretā, mutto mocetā bhaveyyanti adhippāyo. Sadevaketi sadevake loke.
“Thāmadassinā”的意思是:以看见自己力量与威力者。“Santāressanti”就是“我要度脱”。“Sadevakanti”指包括天众在内的众生群体,或者指包括天众在内的世间。“Adhikārenāti”指以殊胜的行为;意思是:我(菩萨)为佛陀而舍弃自己的生命,躺在泥地上,以这样的行为作为殊胜的决意。巴利
Thāmadassināti attano thāmabalaṃ passamānena. Santāressanti santāressāmi. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ sattanikāyaṃ, sadevakaṃ lokaṃ vā. Adhikārenāti adhivisiṭṭhena kārena, buddhassa mama jīvitaṃ pariccajitvā kalalapiṭṭhe sayanenādhikārenāti attho.
轮回之流:因为业与烦恼的缘故,在种种生趣、识住和有情的居处中,从此处到彼处不断流转,这就是轮回。正如所说的:巴利
Saṃsārasotanti kammakilesavasena yonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitinavasattāvāsesu ito cito ca saṃsaraṇaṃ saṃsāro. Yathāha –
诸蕴的次第,以及界与处的次第,
不断流转而没有中断,这就叫作轮回。巴利
‘‘Khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanānañca; Abbocchinnaṃ vattamānā, saṃsāroti pavuccatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 2.619; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.95 apasādanāvaṇṇanā; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.60; a. ni. aṭṭha. 2.4.199; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; vibha. aṭṭha. 226 saṅkhāpadaniddesa; su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.523; udā. aṭṭha. 39; itivu. aṭṭha. 14, 58; theragā. aṭṭha. 1.67, 99; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 6; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.117);
轮回本身就是流,所以叫“轮回流”,也就是那个轮回之流。或者也可以说,轮回的流就是“轮回流”,意思是:切断那作为轮回之因的渴爱之流。“三有”:就是欲有、色有、无色有。能产生三有的业和烦恼,这里就叫做“三有”。“法船”:就是圣八支道。因为它能渡越四种瀑流,所以称为“法船”。“登上”:就是登上去。“我将度脱”:就是我将度脱。然而,对于想要成就佛果的人来说——巴利
Saṃsāro ca so sotaṃ ceti saṃsārasotaṃ, taṃ saṃsārasotaṃ. Atha vā saṃsārassa sotaṃ saṃsārasotaṃ, saṃsārakāraṇaṃ taṇhāsotaṃ chinditvāti attho. Tayo bhaveti kāmarūpārūpabhave. Tibhavanibbattakakammakilesā tayo bhavāti adhippetā. Dhammanāvanti ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ. So hi caturoghuttaraṇaṭṭhena ‘‘dhammanāvā’’ti vuccati. Samāruyhāti āruyha. Santāressanti santāressāmi. Yasmā pana buddhattaṃ patthentassa –
人身、男根具足、因、遇见导师,
出家、具足功德、资格与意愿;
八种法汇聚在一起时,成佛的大愿就能圆满成就。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhati’’.
其中,“人身”是指:只有安住在人身的状态下,发愿成佛,这个愿才能实现;如果投生在龙等族类中,就不能实现。为什么呢?因为那些状态没有(成佛的)因。巴利
Tattha manussattanti manussattabhāveyeva ṭhatvā buddhattaṃ patthentassa patthanā samijjhati, na nāgajātiādīsu ṭhitānaṃ. Kasmāti ce? Ahetukabhāvato.
“相成就”是说:即使已经生在人的身份里,也只有安住在男性特征中的人,他的愿求才能实现;女人、黄门、不能男、二根人,他们的愿求不能实现。为什么呢?因为缺少相的圆满。经里就是这样说的:“诸比丘,女人成为阿罗汉、正自觉者,这是不可能的,没有这样的事。”广说如上。所以,安住在女性特征中的人,即使生为人,他的愿求也不能实现。巴利
Liṅgasampattīti manussattabhāve vattamānassāpi purisaliṅge ṭhitasseva patthanā samijjhati, na itthiyā vā paṇḍakanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānaṃ vā samijjhati . Kasmāti ce? Lakkhaṇapāripūriyā abhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ itthī arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddho’’ti (ma. ni. 3.130; a. ni. 1.279; vibha. 809) vitthāro. Tasmā itthiliṅge ṭhitassa manussajātikassāpi patthanā na samijjhati.
所谓“因”,是指即使身为男子,也只有在那一世具足了证得阿罗汉果的因缘,他的愿才会实现;因缘不具足的人则不会实现。巴利
Hetūti purisassāpi tasmiṃ attabhāve arahattappattiyā hetusampannasseva patthanā samijjhati, no itarassa.
“见导师”的意思是:只有在还在世的佛陀面前发愿,愿才会成就。世尊般涅槃之后,在塔庙前、菩提树下、佛像前,或者在独觉佛、佛弟子面前发愿,愿都不能成就。为什么?因为只有佛陀能以业果决断智了知众生堪能或不堪能,并加以判定而作出授记;其他人没有这个能力。所以,只有在佛陀面前发愿,愿才会成就。巴利
Satthāradassananti sace jīvamānakabuddhasseva santike pattheti patthanā samijjhati. Parinibbute bhagavati cetiyassa santike vā bodhirukkhamūle vā paṭimāya vā paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ vā santike patthanā na samijjhati. Kasmā? Bhabbābhabbake ñatvā kammavipākaparicchedakañāṇena paricchinditvā byākātuṃ asamatthattā. Tasmā buddhassa santikeyeva patthanā samijjhati.
即使是在佛陀世尊面前发愿,也必须是已经出家的人——无论是已出家为持业行说的苦行者,还是已出家为比丘——他的愿才会实现;如果还处在在家人的身份中,就不会实现。为什么?因为菩萨都是出家之后才证得正觉的,在家人则不是。所以,即使在最初发愿的时候,也必须是出家身份。巴利
Pabbajjāti buddhassa bhagavato santike patthentassāpi kammakiriyavādīsu tāpasesu vā bhikkhūsu vā pabbajitasseva patthanā samijjhati, no gihiliṅge ṭhitassa. Kasmā? Pabbajitāyeva hi bodhisattā sambodhiṃ adhigacchanti, na gahaṭṭhā. Tasmā ādimhi paṇidhānakālepi pabbajiteneva bhavitabbaṃ.
德成就:即使是出家人,也只有证得八等至、获得五神通的人才能达成,缺乏这种德成就的人则不能。为什么?因为没有德行的人不具备这个。巴利
Guṇasampattīti pabbajitassāpi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino pañcābhiññasseva samijjhati, na pana imāya guṇasampattiyā virahitassa. Kasmā? Nigguṇassa tadabhāvato.
所谓“殊胜资格”,就是即使一个人具备功德成就,也只有当他曾把自己的生命献给诸佛时,他才能凭借这种殊胜资格而成功;没有这种殊胜资格的人则不会。巴利
Adhikāroti guṇasampannenāpi yena attano jīvitaṃ buddhānaṃ pariccattaṃ hoti, tassa iminā adhikārena sampannasseva samijjhati, na itarassa.
所谓“欲”,是指即使已经具足愿求的人,也只有当他为了成佛之法而生起强大的欲、精进、努力和遍求时,他的愿望才会实现,别人则不会。这里就“欲之大”打个比方——假如有人这样认为:“谁能凭自己的臂力,游过整个充满水的轮围界内部而到达彼岸,他就能证得佛果。谁若不以这(难事)为自己所难行,想‘我将游过此(水)而到达彼岸’”,这样具足大欲、大努力的人,他的愿求才会实现,别人则不会。巴利
Chandatāti abhinīhārasampannassāpi yassa buddhakārakadhammānaṃ atthāya mahanto chando vāyāmo ca ussāho ca pariyeṭṭhi ca, tasseva samijjhati, na itarassa. Tatridaṃ chandamahantatāya opammaṃ – sace hi evamassa, ‘‘yo pana sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ ekodakībhūtaṃ attano bāhubalena uttaritvā pāraṃ gantuṃ samattho, so buddhattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Yo panimaṃ attano dukkaraṃ na maññati ‘ahaṃ imaṃ uttaritvā pāraṃ gamissāmī’’’ti evaṃ mahatā chandena ussāhena samannāgato hoti, tassa patthanā samijjhati, na itarassa (su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.khaggavisāṇasuttavaṇṇanā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidāna, sumedhakathā; cariyā. aṭṭha. pakiṇṇakakathā).
善慧智者把前面这八种法合在一起之后,为了成佛而发愿,然后躺了下来。燃灯佛世尊也来到那里,站在善慧智者的头边,看见善慧苦行者躺在泥地上,就放出未来分智观察,想知道:“这位苦行者为了成佛而发愿躺下,他的愿望到底能不能实现呢?”他了解到:“再过四阿僧祇又十万劫,他会成为名叫乔达摩的佛陀。”于是当场站在大众中间授记说:“比丘们,你们看见这位修苦行的善慧苦行者躺在泥地上吗?”“是的,世尊。”“他为了成佛而发愿躺下,这位苦行者的愿望一定会实现。因为从今以后,再过四阿僧祇又十万劫,他会成为世间名叫乔达摩的佛陀。在他那一生中,将住在迦毗罗卫城,母亲是摩诃摩耶王后,父亲是净饭大王,优婆提舍和拘律陀是两位上首弟子,阿难是侍者,差摩和莲华色是两位上首比丘尼。这位善慧智者将成为智慧成熟的人,行大出家,修大精进,在尼拘陀树下接受善生女供养的乳粥,在尼连禅河边吃完后,登上菩提道场,在阿说他树下觉悟。”因此说:巴利
Sumedhapaṇḍito pana ime aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvāva buddhabhāvāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipajji. Dīpaṅkaropi bhagavā āgantvā sumedhapaṇḍitassa sīsabhāge ṭhatvā kalalapiṭṭhe nipannaṃ sumedhatāpasaṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ tāpaso buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, ijjhissati nu kho etassa patthanā, udāhu no’’ti anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ pesetvā upadhārento – ‘‘ito kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni atikkamitvā gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ṭhitakova parisamajjhe byākāsi – ‘‘passatha no, tumhe bhikkhave, imaṃ uggatapaṃ tāpasaṃ kalalapiṭṭhe nipanna’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. Ayaṃ buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, samijjhissati imassa tāpasassa patthanā, ayañhi ito kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho loke bhavissati. Tasmiṃ panassa attabhāve kapilavatthu nāma nagaraṃ nivāso bhavissati, mahāmāyā nāma devī mātā, suddhodano nāma rājā pitā, upatisso ca kolito ca dve aggasāvakā, ānando nāma upaṭṭhāko, khemā ca uppalavaṇṇā ca dve aggasāvikā bhavissanti . Ayaṃ paripakkañāṇo hutvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā mahāpadhānaṃ padahitvā nigrodhamūle sujātāya nāma kumāriyā dinnaṃ pāyāsaṃ paṭiggahetvā nerañjarāya tīre paribhuñjitvā bodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha assattharukkhamūle abhisambujjhissatīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
燃灯佛,了知世间的人,接受供养的人;
他站在我的头顶上,说了这番话。巴利
‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho; Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravi.
你们看这位苦行者,结着发髻,修着严酷的苦行;
经过无数劫之后,佛陀将会出现在世间。巴利
‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ; Aparimeyyito kappe, buddho loke bhavissati.
曾有如来从可爱的迦毗罗卫城出发后,
发起精进努力,修了难行的苦行。巴利
‘‘Ahū kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato; Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ.
如来坐在牧羊人榕树下,
在那里,他捧起乳粥,前往尼连禅河。巴利
‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato; Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti.
在尼连禅河岸边,那位胜者吃了乳粥。
沿着诸天为他铺好的殊胜道路,他将走向菩提树的脚下。巴利
‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino; Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti.
然后,无上者右绕菩提道场,
在阿说他树底下,那位大名闻者将会觉悟。巴利
‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro; Assattharukkhamūlamhi, bujjhissati mahāyaso.
他的生母将会名叫摩耶。
父亲名为净饭,此人将是乔达摩。巴利
‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati; Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo.
他们已无诸漏,远离贪欲,内心寂静,心得安定。
拘律陀与优波提舍,将成为上首弟子;
名为阿难的侍者,将承事这位胜者。巴利
‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā; Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ.
差摩和莲华色将成为上首女弟子;
他们已漏尽、离贪,心得寂静,安住于定。巴利
‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā; Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā.
世尊的那棵菩提树,被称为阿萨特树。
质多和手阿拉瓦迦,将成为上首的近侍。
郁多罗和难陀母,将成为上首的女侍者。巴利
‘‘Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati; Citto ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā; Uttarā nandamātā ca, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā’’ti.
在这里,“世间解”是指因为他以一切方式了知世间,所以称为世间解。世尊确实从自性、从集起、从灭尽、从趣向灭尽之道,以一切方式了知、知道、通达了世间。因此,他被称为世间解。正如经中所说:巴利
Tattha lokavidūti sabbathā viditalokattā pana lokavidū. Bhagavā hi sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyatoti sabbathāpi lokaṃ avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi. Tasmā lokavidūti vuccati. Yathāha –
因此,那位善慧的世间解确实已到达世间尽头,梵行已立。
已经证得寂静的人,了知世间的尽头之后,对这个世间和别的世间都不再贪求。巴利
‘‘Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho, lokantagū vūsitabrahmacariyo; Lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā, nāsīsatī lokamimaṃ parañcā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.107; a. ni. 4.46);
另外,有三种世间:行世间、有情世间、空间世间。其中,行世间就是缘生的地等诸法。有情世间就是有想、无想、非想非非想的众生。空间世间就是众生居住的处所。世尊如实了知这三种世间,所以称为世间解。受供养者,是指因为值得受人供养、值得领受布施,所以能接受布施。站在我的头边,就是站在我的头旁边。意思是现在要说的这番话,他当时说了。结发者,因为他有结发,所以叫结发者,就是那位结发者。修严酷苦行者,就是修习严酷苦行的人。曾是,就是在那时是。或者这就是原文的读法。名为迦毗罗卫,就是名称叫迦毗罗卫。可爱的,因为令人愉悦。精进,就是精进力。将会来,就是将会来、将会到达。其余偈颂的意思很明白。巴利
Api ca tayo lokā – saṅkhāraloko, sattaloko, okāsalokoti. Tattha saṅkhāraloko nāma paṭiccasamuppannā pathaviādayo dhammā. Sattaloko nāma saññino asaññino nevasaññināsaññino ca sattā. Okāsaloko nāma sattānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ. Ime pana tayopi lokā bhagavatā yathāsabhāvato viditā, tasmā lokavidūti vuccati. Āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahoti dānānaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ arahattā dakkhiṇeyyattā āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho. Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvānāti mama sīsasamīpe ṭhatvā. Idaṃ idāni vattabbaṃ vacanaṃ abravīti attho. Jaṭilanti jaṭā assa santīti jaṭilo, taṃ jaṭilaṃ. Uggatāpananti uggatāpasaṃ. Ahūti ahani, athāti attho. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Kapilavhayāti kapilaavhayā abhidhānā. Rammāti ramaṇīyato. Padhānanti vīriyaṃ. Ehitīti essati gamissati. Sesagāthāsu uttānamevāti.
善慧智者听了以后,心想:“看来我的愿望真的会实现!”心里生起了欢喜。大众听了燃灯十力者的说法,也都欢欣鼓舞,说:“听说善慧苦行者真是佛的种子、佛的幼芽!”他们又这样想:“就像一个人要过河,找不到直捷的渡口过去,就从下游的渡口过去一样,我们在燃灯十力者的教法里没能证得道果;将来您成佛的时候,愿我们能在您面前亲自证得道果!”他们就这样发了愿。燃灯十力者称赞了菩萨大士,用八捧花供养,右绕行礼之后离开了。那四十万位漏尽者也用花和香供养菩萨,右绕行礼之后离开了。天与人同样供养、顶礼之后离开了。巴利
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito – ‘‘mayhaṃ kira patthanā samijjhissatī’’ti sañjātasomanasso ahosi. Mahājano dīpaṅkaradasabalassa vacanaṃ sutvā – ‘‘sumedhatāpaso kira buddhabījaṅkuro’’ti haṭṭhatuṭṭho ahosi. Evañcassa ahosi – ‘‘yathā nāma puriso nadiṃ taranto ujukena titthena tarituṃ asakkonto heṭṭhātitthena uttarati, evameva mayaṃ dīpaṅkaradasabalassa sāsane maggaphalaṃ alabhamānā anāgate yadā tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, tadā tava sammukhā maggaphalaṃ sacchikātuṃ samatthā bhaveyyāmā’’ti patthanaṃ akaṃsu. Dīpaṅkaradasabalo bodhisattaṃ mahāsattaṃ pasaṃsitvā aṭṭhahi pupphamuṭṭhīhi pūjetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Tepi catusatasahassā khīṇāsavā bodhisattaṃ pupphehi ca gandhehi ca pūjetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Devamanussā pana tatheva pūjetvā vanditvā pakkamiṃsu.
这时,照亮一切世间的燃灯世尊,被四十万位已断尽烦恼的比丘围绕着,受到喜乐城居民的供养,也受到天神的礼拜致敬。他就像傍晚霞光映照下的那座胜妙金山山顶一样,在种种神通变化不断显现之中,沿着那条装饰整齐的道路前行,进入了喜乐城。那座城里弥漫着各种芬芳花朵的香气,飘散着香粉的馥郁气味,高悬着旗帜和长幡;因为香气不断,蜂群一群一群地盘旋飞舞;香烟弥漫成一片昏暗;那城庄严美丽,好像天城一样,令人欢喜。世尊进城后,在为他铺设好的、极其贵重的大佛座上坐了下来,就像太阳升起在持双山顶上一样——那太阳光芒吉祥,像秋日般明净,驱散黑暗,让莲花池绽放;而世尊就是具足十力的太阳。比丘僧团也按顺序各自在自己的座位上坐下。喜乐城的在家信众们,具足信心等功德,向以佛陀为首的比丘僧团供养了种种美味食物,那些食物装饰精美,具足色泽、香气和味道,无与伦比,是能带来快乐的布施。巴利
Atha sabbalokamatidīpaṅkaro dīpaṅkaro bhagavā catūhi khīṇāsavasatasahassehi parivuto rammanagaravāsīhi pūjiyamāno devatāhi abhivandiyamāno sañjhāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharo viya jaṅgamamāno anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu tena alaṅkatapaṭiyattena maggena gantvā nānāsurabhikusumagandhavāsitaṃ cuṇṇasammodagandhaṃ samussitadhajapaṭākaṃ gandhānubaddhahadayehi bhamaragaṇehi gumbagumbāyamānaṃ dhūpandhakāraṃ amarapurasadisasobhaṃ abhirammaṃ rammanagaraṃ pavisitvā paññatte mahārahe buddhāsane yugandharamatthake saradasamayarucirakararajanikaro timiranikaranidhanakaro kamalavanavikasanakaro divasakaro viya dasabaladivasakaro nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi paṭipāṭiyā attano attano pattāsane nisīdi. Rammanagaravāsino pana upāsakā saddhādiguṇasampannā nānāvidhakhajjādīhi samalaṅkataṃ vaṇṇagandharasasampannaṃ asadisaṃ sukhanidānaṃ dānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu.
那时,菩萨听完十力者的授记,觉得成佛就像握在掌心里一样,心中欢喜。众人都离开后,他从卧座上起身,心想:“我要审察诸波罗蜜。”便在花堆顶上盘腿坐下。大士这样坐下时,一万个世界的一切天神都发出赞叹,用种种称赞赞叹菩萨,说道:“尊者善慧苦行者,过去诸菩萨盘腿坐下、生起‘我要审察波罗蜜’之念时,那些所谓的前兆之相都会显现。今天这些瑞相全都显现了,你必定成佛无疑。我们知道:凡显现这些瑞相的人,必定会成为佛陀。所以,你应当坚定自己的精进,努力奋发!”他们用种种赞叹赞叹菩萨。因此说道:巴利
Atha kho bodhisatto dasabalassa byākaraṇaṃ sutvā buddhabhāvaṃ karatalagatamiva maññamāno pamuditahadayo sabbesu paṭikkantesu sayanā vuṭṭhāya – ‘‘pāramiyo vicinissāmī’’ti puppharāsimatthake pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisīdi. Evaṃ nisinne mahāsatte sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sādhukāraṃ datvā – ‘‘ayya sumedhatāpasa, porāṇakabodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā – ‘pāramiyo vicinissāmī’ti nisinnakāle yāni pubbanimittāni nāma paññāyanti, tāni sabbānipi ajja pātubhūtāni nissaṃsayena tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, mayametaṃ jānāma – ‘yassetāni nimittāni paññāyanti, so ekanteneva buddho bhavissati’ tasmā tvaṃ attano vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā paggaṇhā’’ti bodhisattaṃ nānappakārāhi thutīhi abhitthaviṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
听了无与伦比的大仙这番话,
人和天神都欢欣鼓舞,说这真是佛的种子啊。巴利
‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino; Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ.
欢呼声四处响起,他们拍手,又放声大笑;
一万个世界里的众生连同诸天,都合掌恭敬礼拜。巴利
‘‘Ukkuṭṭhisaddā vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca; Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassī sadevakā.
如果我们违背这位世间主的教法,
在未来的时候,我们将会当面遇见这位。巴利
‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.
就像人们渡河时,错过了原来的渡口,
从下游渡口抓住(东西)后,他们渡过了大河。巴利
‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya; Heṭṭhātitthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ.
同样,如果我们放开这位胜利者,我们所有人也会如此。
在未来的时候,我们将当面见到这个人。巴利
‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.
燃灯佛是了知世间的人,是接受供养的人;
他称赞了我的业行之后,抬起了右脚。巴利
‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho; Mama kammaṃ pakittetvā, dakkhiṇaṃ pādamuddhari.
那些在场的胜者之子们,都对我右绕行礼;
天人们、人们和阿修罗们礼敬之后,就各自离开了。巴利
‘‘Ye tatthāsuṃ jinaputtā, padakkhiṇamakaṃsu maṃ; Devā manussā asurā ca, abhivādetvāna pakkamuṃ.
当我看见世尊与比丘僧团从眼前经过之后,
从卧处起来之后,我那时便盘腿而坐。巴利
‘‘Dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake; Sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.
我以快乐为快乐,以喜悦为喜悦;
那时,我满心都是喜悦,就盘腿坐了下来。巴利
‘‘Sukhena sukhito homi, pāmojjena pamodito; Pītiyā ca abhissanno, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.
我那时盘腿坐下后,这样想:
我已修到能在禅那中做主,也已在种种神通上达到了顶点。巴利
‘‘Pallaṅkena nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā; Vasībhūto ahaṃ jhāne, abhiññāsu pāramiṃ gato.
在这上千的世间里,没有哪个仙人能和我相比。
在神通法方面,我无人能比,得到了这样的安乐。巴利
‘‘Sahassiyamhi lokamhi, isayo natthi me samā; Asamo iddhidhammesu, alabhiṃ īdisaṃ sukhaṃ.
当我结跏趺坐时,一万个世界的居民(此句原文为残句,译文未完毕)
他们发出了巨大的呼声:你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Pallaṅkābhujane mayhaṃ, dasasahassādhivāsino; Mahānādaṃ pavattesuṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
过去那些菩萨坐在殊胜的座位上盘腿而坐时,
瑞相正在显现,今天它们正在显现。巴利
‘‘Yā pubbe bodhisattānaṃ, pallaṅkavaramābhuje; Nimittāni padissanti, tāni ajja padissare.
寒冷已经退去,炎热也平息了;
今天这些瑞相显现,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Sītaṃ byapagataṃ hoti, uṇhañca upasammati; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
一万个世界都安静下来,没有一点嘈杂和纷乱。
今天这些瑞相显现出来,你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Dasasahassī lokadhātu, nissaddā honti nirākulā; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
大风不吹,河流不流;
今天这些瑞相显现出来,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Mahāvātā na vāyanti, na sandanti savantiyo; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
陆生的花、水生的花,就在那一刻全都开了;
今天它们全都开花了,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Thalajā dakajā pupphā, sabbe pupphanti tāvade; Tepajja pupphitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
藤蔓也好,树木也好,那时都果实累累;
这些今天全都结了果,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Latā vā yadi vā rukkhā, phalabhārā honti tāvade; Tepajja phalitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
住在虚空中和住在地上的那些宝,那时都放出光明;
这些宝珠今天闪闪发光,你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, ratanā jotanti tāvade; Tepajja ratanā jotanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
人间和天界的乐器,就在那一刻同时奏响。
今日这两者齐声欢唱:你必定将成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Mānussakā ca dibbā ca, turiyā vajjanti tāvade; Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
五彩缤纷的花朵从天空中,就在那时纷纷飘落下来;
那些花今天也在飘落,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Vicittapupphā gaganā, abhivassanti tāvade; Tepi ajja pavassanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
大海翻涌,十千世界震动;
那两只鸟雀欢欣地宣称:你必定会成为佛陀!巴利
‘‘Mahāsamuddo ābhujati, dasasahassī pakampati; Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
即使在地狱的一万处,火也在那时熄灭;
今天这些火已经熄灭,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Nirayepi dasasahasse, aggī nibbanti tāvade; Tepajja nibbutā aggī, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
太阳变得清净无瑕,所有星辰都显现出来;
他们今天也显现,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Vimalo hoti sūriyo, sabbā dissanti tārakā; Tepi ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
没有下雨,水就在那时从大地涌出;
那水当下就从大地涌出,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Anovaṭṭhena udakaṃ, mahiyā ubbhijji tāvade; Tampajjubbhijjate mahiyā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
群星在天空中闪耀,星宿在苍穹的圆盘里放光。
毗舍佉与月亮相伴,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Tārāgaṇā virocanti, nakkhattā gaganamaṇḍale; Visākhā candimāyuttā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
住在洞穴里的、住在山洞里的,都从自己的住处出来了;
今天那些动物已经离开巢穴,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Bilāsayā darīsayā, nikkhamanti sakāsayā; Tepajja āsayā chuddhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
众生不会有不满,他们当下就知足了;
提帕贾全都知足了,你必定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Na honti aratī sattānaṃ, santuṭṭhā honti tāvade; Tepajja sabbe santuṭṭhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
疾病就在那时止息,饥饿也会消失;
那些景象今天显现出来,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Rogā tadupasammanti, jighacchā ca vinassasi; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
那时身体会因疾病而变轻,嗔恨和愚痴也会消失。
今日它们悉皆离去,你必将成佛。巴利
‘‘Rogā tadā tanu hoti, doso moho vinassasi; Tepajja vigatā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
那时不会有恐惧,今天这个征兆将会显现。
凭这个特征我们就知道:你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Bhayaṃ tadā na bhavati, ajjapetaṃ padissati; Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
尘垢向上飞散,今天就在这里显现;
凭这个特征,我们就知道:你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Rajonuddhaṃsatī uddhaṃ, ajjapetaṃ padissati; Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
不好的气味散去了,天界的香气飘散开来;
今天这香气四处飘散,你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Aniṭṭhagandho pakkamati, dibbagandho pavāyati; Sopajja vāyatī gandho, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
所有天人都显现出来,只有无色界的天人除外。
今天它们全都显现出来,你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Sabbe devā padissanti, ṭhapayitvā arūpino; Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
凡是叫地狱的地方,那时全都显现出来;
今天它们全都显现出来,你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Yāvatā nirayā nāma, sabbe dissanti tāvade; Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
墙、门扇和岩石,那时都挡不住他;
已成为虚空者,你必定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Kuṭṭā kavāṭā selā ca, na hontāvaraṇā tadā; Ākāsabhūtā tepajja, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
就在那一刹那,死与再生都不存在。
那些相将会显现出来,你必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Cutī ca upapattī ca, khaṇe tasmiṃ na vijjati; Tānipajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.
要坚定地提起精进,不要退缩,向前迈进。
我们也知道这件事:你一定会成佛。巴利
‘‘Daḷhaṃ paggaṇha vīriyaṃ, mā nivatta abhikkama; Mayampetaṃ vijānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasī’’ti.
在这里,听了这句话,就是指听了燃灯世尊对菩萨的授记之语。无等,是因为没有与之相等或相似的人,所以叫无等。正如所说的——巴利
Tattha idaṃ sutvāna vacananti idaṃ dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato bodhisattassa byākaraṇavacanaṃ sutvā. Asamassāti samassa sadisassa abhāvato asamassa. Yathāha –
我没有老师,也没有谁能和我相比;
在包括天人在内的世间里,没有谁和我同等。巴利
‘‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati; Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, natthi me paṭipuggalo’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405; mi. pa. 4.5.11);
“大仙”:因为他寻求、遍求广大的戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴,所以称为大仙;这里指这位大仙。“人与天”:就是人与天,不过这是一种强调的说法,其实十千世界里的所有龙、金翅鸟、夜叉等也都欢喜。“这是佛陀的种子”:意思是“这佛的幼芽已经出现了”,他们因此欢喜。巴利
Mahesinoti mahante sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhe esi gavesīti mahesī, tassa mahesino. Naramarūti narā ca amarā ca, ukkaṭṭhaniddeso panāyaṃ sabbepi dasasahassilokadhātuyā nāgasupaṇṇayakkhādayopi āmoditāva. Buddhabījaṃ kira ayanti ayaṃ kira buddhaṅkuro uppannoti āmoditāti attho.
“高声欢呼的声音”是指欢呼声响起。“拍手”是指用手拍打手臂。“十千”是指十千世界。“含天神的”意思是:包含天神的十千世界都礼敬。“如果这……”就是“如果对于这个”,或者这正是原文的读法。“我们将会错过”意思是“如果我们不能遇到”。“在未来的时劫中”指在未来的时间。“我们将成为”指将会是。“当面”指成为面对面。“这”就是“这的”,用受格形式来表达“这的”这个意思。巴利
Ukkuṭṭhisaddāti unnādasaddā vattanti. Apphoṭentīti hatthehi bāhā abhihananti. Dasasahassīti dasasahassilokadhātuyo. Sadevakāti saha devehi sadevakā dasasahassī namassantīti attho. Yadimassāti yadi imassa, ayameva vā pāṭho. Virajjhissāmāti yadi na sampāpuṇissāma. Anāgatamhi addhāneti anāgate kāle. Hessāmāti bhavissāma. Sammukhāti sammukhībhūtā. Imanti imassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ.
渡河人是指摆渡的人,也有写成“naditarantā”的读法。在正对面的渡口,就是指迎面相对的渡口。错过了,就是错过之后。如果我们放开,意思是:如果我们放开这位世尊,还没办完该办的事就离开。称说我所行,就是说明了我所修习的意义。抬起右脚,就是抬起了右脚,也有写成“已作右绕”的读法。巴利
Nadiṃtarantāti nadītaraṇakā, ‘‘naditarantā’’tipi pāṭho. Paṭititthanti paṭimukhatitthaṃ. Virajjhiyāti virajjhitvā. Yadi muñcāmāti yadi imaṃ bhagavantaṃ muñcitvā akatakiccā gamissāmāti attho. Mama kammaṃ pakittetvāti mama bhāvitamatthaṃ byākaritvā. Dakkhiṇaṃpādamuddharīti dakkhiṇaṃ pādaṃ ukkhipi, ‘‘katapadakkhiṇo’’tipi pāṭho.
“胜者之子”是指燃灯佛世尊的弟子们。天、人、阿修罗在礼敬之后离去——天等一切众生都对我右绕三圈,用花等供养,五体投地礼拜,然后退下,一再回头凝望,以种种甜美动听的言辞赞叹着离去。也有读作“人、龙与乾闼婆,在礼敬之后离去”。巴利
Jinaputtāti dīpaṅkarassa satthuno sāvakā. Devā manussā asurā ca, abhivādetvāna pakkamunti devādayo sabbepi ime maṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pupphādīhi pūjetvā suppatiṭṭhitapañcaṅgā vanditvā nivattitvā punappunaṃ oloketvā madhuratthabyañjanāhi nānappakārāhi thutīhi vaṇṇentā pakkamiṃsu. ‘‘Narā nāgā ca gandhabbā, abhivādetvāna pakkamu’’ntipi pāṭho.
“我的看见已经越过”,意思是:世尊已经超出我视野所及的范围。也有写成“当看见的接触范围被舍弃时”的读法。“与僧团一起”就是和僧团在一起,即在那僧团中。“从卧处起来之后”,就是从躺着的地方、从泥泞中起来之后。“盘腿而坐”,意思是盘好腿坐着,坐在花堆上。也有写成“那时,我怀着欢喜之心,从座位起身”的读法,这个意思很清楚。巴利
Dassanaṃ me atikkanteti mama dassanavisayaṃ bhagavati atikkante. ‘‘Jahite dassanūpacāre’’tipi pāṭho. Sasaṅgheti saddhiṃ saṅghena sasaṅgho, tasmiṃ sasaṅghe. Sayanā vuṭṭhahitvānāti nipannaṭṭhānato kalalato uṭṭhahitvā. Pallaṅkaṃ ābhujinti katapallaṅko hutvā puppharāsimhi nisīdinti attho. ‘‘Haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānatthova.
被喜悦遍满,就是被喜所浸润。成为自在者,就是达到了自在的境界。在禅那中,是指在色界和无色界的禅那中。在千世界中,是指在十千世界中。在世界里,是指在世界界中。与我同等,是指和我相似。先总说“没有与我同等的”,现在为了确定这一点,又说“在神变诸法中无等”。其中,“在神变诸法中”,意思是在五种神变法中。获得,就是得到了。这样的乐,就是这样的喜乐。巴利
Pītiyā ca abhissannoti pītiparipphuṭo. Vasībhūtoti vasībhāvappatto. Jhāneti rūpāvacarārūpāvacarajhānesu. Sahassiyamhīti dasasahassiyaṃ. Lokamhīti lokadhātuyā. Me samāti mayā sadisā. Avisesena ‘‘me samā natthī’’ti vatvā idāni tameva niyamento ‘‘asamo iddhidhammesū’’ti āha. Tattha iddhidhammesūti pañcasu iddhidhammesūti attho. Alabhinti paṭilabhiṃ. Īdisaṃ sukhanti īdisaṃ somanassaṃ.
这时,善慧苦行者听完十力世尊的授记后,觉得自己已经成佛,就像佛位已在掌中一样,满心欢喜。在十千世界中,那些清净居处的大梵天们——他们曾见过过去诸佛——通过展示授记决定菩萨时出现的瑞相神变,来表明如来所说的话真实不虚,也让我感到满足,于是说出了这些偈颂。世尊为了说明这一点,便说了“在我的结跏趺坐中”等颂文。巴利
Atha sumedhatāpaso dasabalassa byākaraṇaṃ sutvā buddhabhāvaṃ karatalagatakālamiva maññamāno pamuditahadayo dasasu lokadhātusahassesu suddhāvāsamahābrahmāno atītabuddhadassāvino niyatabodhisattānaṃ byākaraṇe uppajjamānapāṭihāriyadassanena tathāgatavacanassa avitathataṃ pakāsento maṃ paritosayantā imā gāthāyo āhaṃsūti dassento bhagavā ‘‘pallaṅkābhujane mayha’’ntiādimāha.
在这里,“在我的结跏趺座上”就是指在我的结跏趺座上。也可以说,这正是原文的读法。“住在十千世界中的”是指住在十千世界里的那些大梵天。“那些先前的”是指那些先前出现的,应当理解为省略了词尾变化之后这样说。“结上殊胜的跏趺座”是指在结上殊胜的跏趺座时。“诸相显现”的意思是诸相显现了。本该用过去时的表达,却用了现在时。虽然这样说了,但意思要按过去时来理解。“那些相今日显现”是说:过去那些决定菩萨结跏趺座时出现的相,今天显现了。因此,你必定会成为佛。但并不是那些完全相同的相又出现了,而是因为与它们相似,才说“那些相今日显现”,应当这样理解。巴利
Tattha pallaṅkābhujane mayhanti mama pallaṅkābhujane. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Dasasahassādhivāsinoti dasasahassivāsino mahābrahmāno. Yā pubbeti yāni pubbe, vibhattilopaṃ katvā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Pallaṅkavaramābhujeti varapallaṅkābhujane. Nimittāni padissantīti nimittāni padissiṃsūti attho. Atītavacane vattabbe vattamānavacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, atītavasena attho gahetabbo. Tāni ajja padissareti pubbepi niyatabodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujane yāni nimittāni uppajjiṃsu, tāni nimittāni ajja padissare. Tasmā tvaṃ dhuvameva buddho bhavissasīti attho. Na pana tāniyeva nimittāni uppajjiṃsu, taṃsadisattā ‘‘tāni ajja padissare’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
寒冷,就是冷的性质。已离去,就是已经走掉、已经消失。它们指的是寒冷消失、暑热平息的状态。无声,就是没有声音、没有响动。无扰,就是没有混乱;或者也可以读作“无扰”。不流,就是不流动、不运转。诸河流,就是指河流。那些,指的是不吹动、不流动。陆生的,指生长在地面、山丘、树木上的花。水生的,指生长在水中的花。开花,指过去为诸菩萨开过花;这里用现在时表达过去的意思,应当依照前面所说的方式来理解。它们今日也开花,意思是那些花今天正在开放。巴利
Sītanti sītattaṃ. Byapagatanti gataṃ vigataṃ. Tānīti sītavigamanauṇhupasamanānīti attho. Nissaddāti asaddā anigghosā. Nirākulāti anākulā, ayameva vā pāṭho. Na sandantīti na vahanti nappavattanti. Savantiyoti nadiyo. Tānīti avāyanaasandanāni. Thalajāti pathavitalapabbatarukkhesu jātāni. Dakajāti odakāni pupphāni. Pupphantīti pubbe bodhisattānaṃ pupphiṃsu, atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Tepajja pupphitānīti tāni pupphāni ajja pupphitānīti attho.
“Phalabhārā”就是承载果实的。“Tepajjā”就是它们今天;因为前面说的是“藤蔓或树木”,这里按阳性词说成“tepī”。“Phalitā”就是已经结出果实的。“Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā ca”就是处于虚空和处于地面的宝石,也就是珍珠等宝物。“Jotanti”就是照耀。“Mānussakā”就是属于人类的,即人间的。“Dibbā”就是属于天神的,即天界的。“Turiyā”就是五种乐器:革(一面鼓)、板(两面鼓)、革板(全面覆盖的大琵琶等)、腹(竹管等吹奏乐器)、圆(铜钹等打击乐器)。“Vajjanti”就是演奏,如前所述方式演奏,以现在时表过去义,后同类词语亦然。“Abhiravanti”就是犹如各处善巧者极好地击奏般鸣响,意思是喧鸣。巴利
Phalabhārāti phaladharā. Tepajjāti tepi ajja, pulliṅgavasena ‘‘tepī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘latā vā rukkhā vā’’ti vuttattā. Phalitāti sañjātaphalā. Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā cāti ākāsagatā ca bhūmigatā ca ratanānīti muttādīni ratanāni. Jotantīti obhāsanti. Mānussakāti manussānaṃ santakā mānussakā. Dibbāti devānaṃ santakā dibbā. Turiyāti ātataṃ vitataṃ ātatavitataṃ susiraṃ ghananti pañca turiyāni. Tattha ātataṃ nāma cammapariyonaddhesu bheriādīsu ekatalaturiyaṃ. Vitataṃ nāma ubhayatalaṃ. Ātatavitataṃ nāma sabbato pariyonaddhaṃ mahativallakiādikaṃ. Susiraṃ nāma vaṃsādikaṃ. Ghanaṃ nāma sammatāḷādikaṃ. Vajjantīti heṭṭhā vuttanayena vajjiṃsu, atītatthe vattamānavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Esa nayo upari īdisesu vacanesupi. Abhiravantīti tatra tatra kusalehi sumuñcitā suppatāḷitā suvāditā viya abhiravanti, abhinadantīti attho.
各种颜色、各种香气、种种不同的鲜花。“如雨般降下”:就是纷纷落下、洒落下来的意思。“那些也”:那些各种鲜花也显现为如雨般降下,意思是正被天众和梵天众撒落。“弯曲”:就是退缩。“二者今日”:就是那大海和十千世界今日也如此。“齐声鸣响”:就是大声喧唱。“在地狱中”:在诸地狱里。“十千”:就是无数十千。“熄灭”:就是止息、归于寂静。“诸星”:就是诸星宿。“那些今日也显现”:因为太阳变得极为清净,那些星宿今日在白天也能看见。巴利
Vicittapupphāti vicitrāni nānāgandhavaṇṇāni pupphāni. Abhivassantīti abhivassiṃsu, nipatiṃsūti attho. Tepīti tānipi vicitrapupphāni abhivassantāni padissanti, devabrahmagaṇehi okiriyamānānīti adhippāyo. Ābhujatīti osakkati. Tepajjubhoti tepi ajja ubho mahāsamuddadasasahassiyo. Abhiravantīti abhinadanti. Nirayeti nirayesu. Dasasahassāti anekadasasahassā. Nibbantīti sammanti, santiṃ upentīti attho. Tārakāti nakkhattāni . Tepi ajja padissantīti tepi sūriyassa vimalabhāvā tārakā ajja divā dissanti.
“Anovaṭṭhena”的意思是“在没有下雨的时候”,这里具格当作处格用。或者“anovaṭṭha”就是“即使没有雨淋”。“Nā”只是一个虚词,就像“sutvā na dūtavacanaṃ”这类句子里的用法一样。“Tampajjubbhijjati”是说那水今天涌出来,涌出之后就升起来。“Mahiyā”是从大地,用的是从格。“Tārāgaṇā”就是行星、星宿等一切星群。“Nakkhattā”就是星宿和星星。“Gaganamaṇḍale”指星群在整个天穹闪耀。“Bilāsayā”指穴居的众生,如蛇、獴、鳄鱼、蜥蜴等。“Darīsayā”指住在岩缝中的众生。这也是同样的读法。“Nikkhamantīti nikkhamiṃsu.”“Sakāsayāti attano attano āsayato.”“Tadāsayā”tipi pāṭho. Tassa tadā tasmiṃ kāle, āsayato, bilatoti attho.“Chuddhā”是极清净、善巧地放出,已出现之意。巴利
Anovaṭṭhenāti anovaṭṭhe, bhummatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Atha vā anovaṭṭheti anabhivaṭṭhepi. Nāti nipātamattaṃ ‘‘sutvā na dūtavacana’’ntiādīsu viya. Tampajjubbhijjateti tampi udakaṃ ajja ubbhijjati, ubbhijjitvā uṭṭhahatīti attho. Mahiyāti pathaviyā, nissakkavacanaṃ. Tārāgaṇāti gahanakkhattādayo sabbe tāragaṇā. Nakkhattāti nakkhattatārakā ca. Gaganamaṇḍaleti sakalagaganamaṇḍalaṃ virocantīti attho. Bilāsayāti bilāsayā ahinakulakumbhīlagodhādayo. Darīsayāti jharāsayā. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Nikkhamantīti nikkhamiṃsu. Sakāsayāti attano attano āsayato. ‘‘Tadāsayā’’tipi pāṭho. Tassa tadā tasmiṃ kāle, āsayato, bilatoti attho. Chuddhāti suchuddhā suvuddhāritā, nikkhantāti attho.
“不乐”就是指厌倦、不满。“知足”是指以最殊胜的知足而满足。“消失”就是离去。“贪”就是欲贪。“那时变得微薄”就是变得很轻微,这里是在说明没有缠缚。“已破坏”就是已毁灭。“那时”是指先前,也就是菩萨结跏趺坐的时候。“不发生”就是不出现。“今日也”是说今天即使在你结跏趺坐的时候,这种怖畏也根本不出现。意思是:凭这个征兆,我们全都知道——你将会成佛。巴利
Aratīti ukkaṇṭhā. Santuṭṭhāti paramena santuṭṭhena santuṭṭhā. Vinassatīti vigacchati. Rāgoti kāmarāgo. Tadā tanu hotīti oramattako hoti, iminā pariyuṭṭhānābhāvaṃ dīpeti. Vihatāti vinaṭṭhā. Tadāti pubbe, bodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujaneti attho. Na bhavatīti na hoti. Ajjapetanti ajja tava pallaṅkābhujanepi etaṃ bhayaṃ na hotevāti attho. Tena liṅgena jānāmāti tena kāraṇena sabbeva mayaṃ jānāma, yaṃ tvaṃ buddho bhavissasīti attho.
不上升,就是不再生起。难闻的气味,就是臭味。离去,就是已经离开、消失了。吹送,就是吹拂。那香气今天也在,就是那天上的香气今天还在。显现,就是显现了。那些天人今天也在,就是所有那些天人今天都在。Yāvatā 是表示范围限定的不变词,意思是“凡是……”。Kuṭṭā 就是城墙。不成障碍,就是没有成为障碍。Tadā 就是以前。如虚空一般,就是那些城墙、城门和山都无法构成障碍和遮蔽,今天都像虚空一样。死,就是死亡。生,就是结生。那时,就是先前菩萨盘腿而坐的那一刻。不存在,就是没有发生。那些今天也不存在,就是那些死亡和再生今天也不存在。不要退转,就是不要后退。应向前进,就是应当努力精进。这里其余的内容都很容易理解。巴利
Anuddhaṃsatīti na uggacchati. Aniṭṭhagandhoti duggandho. Pakkamatīti pakkami vigacchi. Pavāyatīti pavāyi. Sopajjāti sopi dibbagandho ajja. Padissantīti padissiṃsu. Tepajjāti tepi sabbe devā ajja. Yāvatāti paricchedanatthe nipāto, yattakāti attho. Kuṭṭāti pākārā. Na hontāvaraṇāti āvaraṇakarā na ahesuṃ. Tadāti pubbe. Ākāsabhūtāti te kuṭṭakavāṭapabbatā āvaraṇaṃ tirokaraṇaṃ kātuṃ asakkontā, ajaṭākāsabhūtāti attho. Cutīti maraṇaṃ. Upapattīti paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ. Khaṇeti pubbe bodhisattānaṃ pallaṅkābhujanakkhaṇe. Na vijjatīti nāhosi. Tānipajjāti tānipi ajja cavanabhavanānīti attho. Mā nivattīti mā paṭikkami. Abhikkamāti parakkama. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
善慧贤者听了燃灯佛和一万个世界天神的这番话之后,更加振奋,勇气倍增,心里想:“佛陀说的话从不落空,佛陀的言语绝不会有任何偏差。就像扔向空中的土块一定会掉下来,有生就一定有死,天亮时太阳一定会升起,狮子从洞穴里出来一定会发出狮子吼,怀孕的女人一定会分娩——同样,佛陀的话一定真实不虚,我将来必定成佛。”因此说道:巴利
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito dīpaṅkarassa dasabalassa ca dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatānañca vacanaṃ sutvā bhiyyosomattāya sañjātussāho hutvā cintesi – ‘‘buddhā nāma amoghavacanā, natthi buddhānaṃ kathāya aññathattaṃ. Yathā hi ākāse khittassa leḍḍussa patanaṃ dhuvaṃ, jātassa maraṇaṃ, aruṇe uggate sūriyassa abbhuggamanaṃ, āsayā nikkhantassa sīhassa sīhanādanadanaṃ, garugabbhāya itthiyā bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ avassambhāvī, evameva buddhānaṃ vacanaṃ nāma dhuvaṃ amoghaṃ, addhā ahaṃ buddho bhavissāmīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
听了佛陀的话,以及一万个世界中天人们两者的话语。
那时我满心欢喜、兴高采烈,就这样想。巴利
‘‘Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassīnacūbhayaṃ; Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā.
佛陀说话从不两样,胜者的话从不落空;
诸佛没有虚妄,我必定成佛。巴利
‘‘Advejjhavacanā buddhā, amoghavacanā jinā; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
就像一块土块被抛向空中,一定会落回大地上;
同样地,诸最胜佛陀的话语,是坚固、恒常的;
诸佛没有虚妄不实,我必定会成为佛陀。巴利
‘‘Yathā khittaṃ nabhe leḍḍu, dhuvaṃ patati bhūmiyaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
就像一切众生的死亡,是确定而永恒的;
同样,诸最胜佛陀的言语,也是决定恒常的;
诸佛没有虚妄之言,我必定成佛。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi sabbasattānaṃ, maraṇaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
就像黑夜结束的时候,太阳必定会升起;
同样地,诸最胜佛的法语,坚固常住。
诸佛没有虚妄,我必定成佛。巴利
‘‘Yathā rattikkhaye patte, sūriyuggamanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
就像狮子从洞穴里出来,它的吼声必定会响起;
同样地,最胜诸佛之语,坚固而恒常;
诸佛没有虚妄,我必定成佛。巴利
‘‘Yathā nikkhantasayanassa, sīhassa nadanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.
就像怀孕的众生,必定会卸下重担;
同样地,诸佛中最胜者的言语,坚固而恒常;
诸佛没有虚妄,我必定成佛。巴利
‘‘Yathā āpannasattānaṃ, bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmaha’’nti.
在这里,听了佛陀的话之后,一万个世界也没有第二种说法;这是听了燃灯正自觉者和一万轮围界天神的言说之后。“两者”指他们双方的,这是以属格意义使用的主格词,或者就是指“两者的说法”。“我这样想”就是我这样思惟。巴利
Tattha buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassī na cūbhayanti dīpaṅkarasammāsambuddhassa ca dasasahassacakkavāḷadevatānañca vacanaṃ sutvā. Ubhayanti ubhayesaṃ, sāmiatthe paccattavacanaṃ, ubhayavacanaṃ vā. Evaṃ cintesahanti evaṃ cintesiṃ ahaṃ.
无二语,就是不说两种话的言语,意思是决定性的说法。也有写成“无瑕语”的版本,它的意思是无过失的言语。不虚语,就是不虚假的言语。虚妄,这里的意思是“没有虚妄之语”。我必定成佛,就是说我一定会成佛,这句话是以决定性和必然性来说的现在时语,应当这样理解。巴利
Advejjhavacanāti dvedhā appavattavacanā, ekaṃsavacanāti attho. ‘‘Acchiddavacanā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa niddosavacanāti attho. Amoghavacanāti avitathavacanā. Vitathanti vitathavacanaṃ natthīti attho. Dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahanti ahaṃ ekaṃseneva buddho bhavissāmīti niyatavasena avassambhāvivasena ca vattamānavacanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.
太阳升起,就是指太阳的上升,或者这个读法本身就是对的。坚固常住,就是决定性的、而且是常住的。离开卧处的人,就是从床上起来的人。怀有众生的人,就是指怀着重胎的人,也就是怀孕的人。卸下重担,就是卸下负担,意思是胎儿娩出。其中的ṃ音是为了连接词与词。这里剩下的部分也都是明白易懂的。巴利
Sūriyuggamananti sūriyassa udayanaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. Dhuvasassatanti ekaṃsabhāvī ceva sassatañca. Nikkhantasayanassāti sayanato nikkhantassa. Āpannasattānanti garugabbhānaṃ, gabbhinīnanti attho. Bhāramoropananti bhāraoropanaṃ, gabbhassa oropananti attho. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
我这样下定决心“我必定会成为佛陀”之后,为了观察能造就佛陀的诸法,心想:“能造就佛陀的诸法究竟在哪里呢?”于是依次向上方、下方、各方和四隅,遍寻整个法界,看到过去古昔菩萨们所修习、所奉行的第一种布施波罗蜜,便这样告诫自己:“须弥陀贤者,从今以后,你要首先圆满布施波罗蜜。就像倒扣的水瓶,把水倒得干干净净,再也不会收回一样,同样,你不顾财物、名声、妻子儿女、身体四肢,对一切乞求者,把任何人所想要的东西都毫无保留地全部施舍出去。这样,当你坐在菩提树下时,就会成为佛陀。”他这样坚定地确立第一种布施波罗蜜,并立下决心。因此说道——巴利
‘‘Svāhaṃ addhā buddho bhavissāmī’’ti evaṃ katasanniṭṭhāno buddhakārake dhamme upadhāretuṃ – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho buddhakārakā dhammā’’ti, uddhaṃ adho disāsu vidisāsūti anukkamena sakalaṃ dhammadhātuṃ vicinanto pubbe porāṇakehi bodhisattehi āsevitanisevitaṃ paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ disvā evaṃ attānaṃ ovadi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ pūreyyāsi. Yathā hi nikujjito udakakumbho nissesaṃ katvā udakaṃ vamatiyeva na paccāharati, evameva dhanaṃ vā yasaṃ vā puttadāraṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅgaṃ vā anoloketvā sabbattha yācakānaṃ sabbaṃ icchiticchitaṃ nissesaṃ katvā dadamāno bodhimūle nisīditvā buddho bhavissasī’’ti paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
来吧,我要到处寻找能成就佛果的诸法。
上方、下方和十个方向,乃至整个法界。巴利
‘‘Handa buddhakare dhamme, vicināmi ito cito; Uddhaṃ adho dasa disā, yāvatā dhammadhātuyā.
那时向右考察,首先看到布施波罗蜜。
过去那些大仙们一直走过来的大道。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, anuciṇṇaṃ mahāpathaṃ.
你首先要牢牢地把它拿定、领受下来;
想要证得菩提,就去修布施波罗蜜吧。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Dānapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
就像一只装满水的瓶子,不管被谁倒过来放,
它把水全部吐出,一点也不留;在那里,它不保护任何东西。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi kumbho sampuṇṇo, yassa kassaci adho kato; Vamatevudakaṃ nissesaṃ, na tattha parirakkhati.
就像那样,见到乞讨的人时,无论对方是低贱的、高贵的还是中等的,
你要像倒扣的瓶子一样,把布施毫无保留地给出去。巴利
‘‘Tatheva yācake disvā, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime; Dadāhi dānaṃ nissesaṃ, kumbho viya adho kato’’ti.
其中,“handā”是表示决意的语气词。“buddhakare dhamme”(成佛之法)指能成就佛果的法。所谓能成就佛果的法,就是布施波罗蜜等十种法。“vicināmi”(我探究)意思是“我将探究”“我将考察”“我将审察”。“ito cito”(从这里到那里)也可以写作“处处”,意思是在各处探究。“uddhaṃ”(上方)指天界。“adho”(下方)指人界。“dasa disā”(十方)即在十个方向中;这里的意思是:那些能成就佛果的法到底在哪里?在上方、下方、横向的方向、四隅等各处去寻找。“yāvatā dhammadhātuyā”(乃至法界)中,“yāvatā”(乃至)是表示界限的词。“dhammadhātuyā”(法界)指自性法,这里应补上“存在”一词。这话说的是什么呢?意思是:所有自性法,即欲界、色界、无色界诸法存在到什么范围,我就要在那么大的范围内去探究。巴利
Tattha handāti vavassaggatthe nipāto. Buddhakare dhammeti buddhattakare dhamme. Buddhattakarā nāma dhammā dānapāramitādayo dasa dhammā. Vicināmīti vicinissāmi, vīmaṃsissāmi upaparikkhissāmīti attho. Ito citoti ito ito, ayameva vā pāṭho. Tattha tattha vicināmīti attho. Uddhanti devaloke. Adhoti manussaloke. Dasa disāti dasasu disāsu; kattha nu kho te buddhakārakadhammā uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ disāsu vidisāsūti adhippāyo. Yāvatā dhammadhātuyāti ettha yāvatāti paricchedavacanaṃ. Dhammadhātuyāti sabhāvadhammassa, pavattanīti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yāvatikā sabhāvadhammānaṃ kāmarūpārūpadhammānaṃ pavatti, tāvatikaṃ vicinissāmīti vuttaṃ hoti.
正在审察,就是正在思量、正在仔细考察。过去诸菩萨,就是往昔的菩萨们。已惯行,就是已经常常实行、已经修习。应受持,就是去做受持这件事:从今天开始,这第一布施波罗蜜应当由我来圆满——这就是“受持”的意思。去布施波罗蜜,就是去圆满布施波罗蜜,也就是去把它修满。如果你想证得菩提,就是如果你前往菩提树下,想要证得无上正等正觉。任何人的,就是无论水还是乳,任何人的东西装得满满的。语法学家们认为,当和“充满”这个词相连时,要用属格。或者在表示工具格的意义时用属格,意思就是“用任何东西”。倒置,就是使口朝下。在那里不保护,就是在那个吐出物中不保护,意思就是要把水全部吐出。下、上、中,就是下等、中等、上等、优秀。Ma这个字母是连词用的。像瓶子一样倒置,就是像瓶子一样口朝下。看到乞丐来到跟前——“须弥陀,你应当不惜一切财物,以布施波罗蜜、以舍弃肢体为近波罗蜜、以舍弃生命为究竟波罗蜜来圆满”——就这样自己劝导自己。巴利
Vicinantoti vīmaṃsanto upaparikkhanto. Pubbakehīti porāṇehi bodhisattehi. Anuciṇṇanti ajjhāciṇṇaṃ āsevitaṃ. Samādiyāti samādiyanaṃ karohi, ajja paṭṭhāya ayaṃ paṭhamaṃ dānapāramī pūretabbā mayāti evaṃ samādiyāti attho. Dānapāramitaṃ gacchāti dānapāramiṃ gaccha, pūrayāti attho. Yadibodhiṃ pattumicchasīti bodhimūlamupagantvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ pattuṃ icchasi ce. Yassa kassacīti udakassa vā khīrassa vā yassa kassaci sampuṇṇo. Sampuṇṇasaddayoge sati sāmivacanaṃ icchanti saddavidū. Karaṇatthe vā sāmivacanaṃ, yena kenacīti attho. Adho katoti heṭṭhāmukhīkato. Na tattha parirakkhatīti tasmiṃ vamane na parirakkhati, nissesaṃ udakaṃ vamatevāti attho. Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimeti hīnamajjhimapaṇīte. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro. Kumbho viya adho katoti heṭṭhāmukhīkato viya kumbho. Yācake upagate disvā – ‘‘tvaṃ, sumedha, attano anavasesetvā sabbadhanapariccāgena dānapāramiṃ, aṅgapariccāgena upapāramiṃ, jīvitapariccāgena paramatthapāramiñca pūrehī’’ti evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ ovadi.
那时他这样想:“不应该只靠这些成佛之法就够了。”于是进一步观察,看到第二戒波罗蜜,便生起这个念头:“善慧智者,从今以后,你要圆满戒波罗蜜。就像牦牛不顾自己的性命,只守护自己的尾毛一样,你从今以后也要不顾性命,只守护戒律,将来就会成佛。”他这样坚定地确立了第二戒波罗蜜。因此说:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakehi dhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya sīlapāramiṃ pūreyyāsi. Yathā camarī migo nāma jīvitampi anoloketvā attano vālameva rakkhati, evaṃ tvampi ito paṭṭhāya jīvitampi anoloketvā sīlameva rakkhanto buddho bhavissasī’’ti dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些并不是仅有的成佛之法。
我还要探寻其余能成就菩提之法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我审察着,见到了第二种戒波罗蜜;
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你要先把这第二项牢牢坚定地受持起来;
去吧,去修持戒波罗蜜,如果你想证得菩提的话。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dutiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Sīlapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
就像牦牛的尾毛,无论缠挂到什么东西上,
它在那里走向死亡,也不弄坏尾巴。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi camarī vālaṃ, kismiñci paṭilaggitaṃ; Upeti maraṇaṃ tattha, na vikopeti vāladhiṃ.
你要同样地在四种地上把戒修到圆满。
要时时刻刻守护戒,就像牦牛守护自己的尾巴一样。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ catūsu bhūmīsu, sīlāni paripūraya; Parirakkha sabbadā sīlaṃ, camarī viya vāladhi’’nti.
这里,“并非这些”是说:并不只是这些。“能成熟菩提”是指能成熟道,或者能成熟一切知智。“第二戒波罗蜜”:戒是一切善法的基础;安住于戒的人不会从善法退失,并能获得一切世间与出世间的功德。因此,应当圆满戒波罗蜜,所以说“他看到了第二戒波罗蜜”。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tattha na heteti na hi eteyeva. Bodhipācanāti maggaparipācanā sabbaññutaññāṇaparipācanā vā. Dutiyaṃsīlapāraminti sīlaṃ nāma sabbesaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ patiṭṭhā, sīle patiṭṭhito kusaladhammehi na parihāyati, sabbepi lokiyalokuttaraguṇe paṭilabhati. Tasmā sīlapāramī pūretabbāti dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ addakkhinti attho.
“已习行、已修习”是指已经修习并且反复练习。“牦牛”就是牦牛这种动物。“在某处”是指在任何地方,比如在树木、藤蔓、荆棘等当中的某一处。“被缠住”是指被缠绕住了。“在那里”是指在被缠住的那个地方,就停在那里走向死亡。“不破坏”是指不弄断。“尾巴”是指不弄断尾巴离开,而是就在那里死去。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Āsevitanisevitanti bhāvitañceva bahulīkatañca. Camarīti camarī migo. Kismiñcīti yattha katthaci rukkhalatākaṇṭakādīsu aññatarasmiṃ. Paṭilaggitanti paṭivilaggitaṃ. Tatthāti yattha vilaggitaṃ, tattheva ṭhatvā maraṇaṃ upagacchati. Na vikopetīti na chindati. Vāladhinti vālaṃ chinditvā na gacchati, tattheva maraṇaṃ upetīti attho.
在四种地当中所说的“戒”,是指在四种情况里被分类说明的戒,也就是按照巴帝摩卡防护、根律仪防护、活命遍净防护、资具依止防护来分类。这是它的意思。不过,如果按“地”来划分,它只包含在两种地里,而那也还是这四种戒。“圆满”是指没有破损、没有穿孔、没有斑点等过失,达到圆满。“恒常”是指在一切时间。“如长耳鹿”是指像长耳鹿这种动物一样。这里其余的内容也都是浅显易懂的。巴利
Catūsubhūmīsu sīlānīti catūsu ṭhānesu vibhattasīlāni, pātimokkhasaṃvaraindriyasaṃvaraājīvapārisuddhipaccayasannissitavasenāti attho. Bhūmivasena pana dvīsuyeva bhūmīsu pariyāpannaṃ tampi catusīlamevāti. Paripūrayāti khaṇḍachiddasabalādiabhāvena paripūraya. Sabbadāti sabbakālaṃ. Camarī viyāti camarī migo viya. Sesametthāpi uttānatthamevāti.
那时他又想:“不应该只靠这些成佛之法就够了。”于是他进一步观察,看到第三项出离波罗蜜后,心里这样想:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你也要圆满出离波罗蜜。就像一个人长期住在牢狱里,不会对那里产生贪恋,反而会厌倦,想要离开;同样,你也要把一切存在看成牢狱一样,对一切存在感到厌倦,想要解脱,内心只朝向出离。这样,你就会成佛。”他这样把第三项出离波罗蜜坚定下来,并立下决心。因此才说:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakehi dhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya nekkhammapāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Yathāpi suciraṃ bandhanāgāre vasamāno puriso na tattha sinehaṃ karoti, atha kho ukkaṇṭhito avasitukāmo hoti, evameva tvampi sabbabhave bandhanāgārasadise katvā passa, sabbabhavehi ukkaṇṭhito muccitukāmo hutvā nekkhammābhimukhova hoti, evaṃ buddho bhavissasī’’ti tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些成佛之法,并不是只有这么一点而已。
我还要继续寻找其他能成熟菩提的法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我仔细观察,看到了第三种出离波罗蜜。
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你要先把这第三项牢牢地受持起来;
去吧,行持出离波罗蜜,如果你想证得菩提。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ tatiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Nekkhammapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
就像有人被关在牢里很久,受尽煎熬、痛苦不堪;
在那里,他不会生起贪欲,只寻求解脱。巴利
‘‘Yathā andughare puriso, ciravuṭṭho dukhaṭṭito; Na tattha rāgaṃ janeti, muttiṃyeva gavesati.
你要同样看待一切生命存在,就像看牢房一样。
他面向出离,为了从存在中彻底解脱。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, passa andughare viya; Nekkhammābhimukho hoti, bhavato parimuttiyā’’ti.
这里,“andughare”指的就是监牢。“ciravuṭṭho”意思是长久居住。“dukhaṭṭito”意思是被苦逼迫。“natattha rāgaṃ janeti”是说:在那监牢里,不生起贪爱,不生起执著。他不会这样想:“我要离开这座监牢,不到别处去。”也就是说,他对那里不生贪爱,只是一心寻求脱离、寻求解脱,这就是这段话的意思。“Nekkhammābhimukho”是说面向出离。“Bhavato”是从一切存在中。“Parimuttiyā”是为了解脱。还有一种读法是:“成为面向出离的人之后,你将证得正觉。”这里剩下的内容都很浅显易懂。巴利
Tattha andughareti bandhanāgāre. Ciravuṭṭhoti cirakālaṃ vuṭṭho. Dukhaṭṭitoti dukkhapīḷito. Natattha rāgaṃ janetīti tattha andughare rāgaṃ sinehaṃ na janeti na uppādeti. ‘‘Imaṃ andugharaṃ muñcitvā nāhaṃ aññattha gamissāmī’’ti evaṃ tattha rāgaṃ na janeti, kintu muttiṃyeva mokkhameva gavesatīti adhippāyo. Nekkhammābhimukhoti nikkhamanābhimukho hoti. Bhavatoti sabbabhavehi. Parimuttiyāti parimocanatthāya. Nekkhammābhimukho hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’tipi pāṭho. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
这时他进一步思考:“成佛之法不应该只靠这些而已。”于是看见了第四智慧波罗蜜,心里这样想:“善慧智者,从今以后,你也要圆满智慧波罗蜜。对下等、中等、上等的智者,一个都不回避,要亲近一切智者,向他们提问。就像托钵的比丘,对下等、中等、上等的家庭都不回避,挨家挨户次第乞食,很快就能得到维持生命所需的食物;同样,你也要亲近一切智者,向他们提问,你将成佛。”他这样下定决心,坚固确立了第四智慧波罗蜜。因此说道:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya paññāpāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Hīnamajjhimukkaṭṭhesu kañci avajjetvā sabbepi paṇḍite upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ puccheyyāsi. Yathāpi piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu hīnādibhedesu kulesu kiñci kulaṃ avivajjetvā paṭipāṭiyā piṇḍāya caranto khippaṃ yāpanamattaṃ labhati, evameva tvampi sabbe paṇḍite upasaṅkamitvā pucchanto buddho bhavissasī’’ti catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些成佛之法,并不是只有这么一点而已。
我还要探寻其余能成就菩提之法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我向右观察探寻,见到了第四慧波罗蜜。
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你要先把这第四项牢牢确立起来,然后受持奉行。
去修习智慧波罗蜜吧,如果你想证得菩提。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ catutthaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Paññāpāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
就像一位比丘去乞食时,面对下等、上等、中等的家族,
不避开任何家族,这样就能得到维持生活的东西。巴利
‘‘Yathā hi bhikkhu bhikkhanto, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime; Kulāni na vivajjento, evaṃ labhati yāpanaṃ.
你要像那样,在任何时候都向有智慧的人请教。
以智慧到达彼岸后,你将证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbakālaṃ, paripucchaṃ budhaṃ janaṃ; Paññāya pāramiṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
这里,“乞食者”指为了乞食而行走的人。“下等、殊胜、中等”指下等、殊胜、中等的家族,这是词性转换的说法。“不回避”指不拣择、不避开;如果放弃挨家挨户依次乞食的规矩而行走,那就叫回避;他的意思是没有那样做。“维持”指他得到的食物仅仅够维持生命、延续身命。“遍问”指他前往各处,接近当地众所周知的智者,这样询问:“尊者,什么是善?什么是不善?什么是有过失?什么是无过失?”等等。“智者”指有智慧的人,也就是具智慧之人。也有“budhe jane”的读法。“慧彼岸”即慧之彼岸。也有“paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā”的读法。此处其余内容含义显然。巴利
Tattha bhikkhantoti piṇḍāya caranto. Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimeti hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimāni kulānīti attho. Liṅgavipariyāso kato. Na vivajjentoti na pariharanto, gharapaṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā caranto vivajjeti nāma, evamakatvāti attho. Yāpananti yāpanamattaṃ pāṇadhāraṇaṃ āhāraṃ labhatīti attho. Paripucchanti – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusalaṃ; kiṃ sāvajjaṃ, kiṃ anavajja’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 3.84, 216) nayena tattha tattha abhiññāte paṇḍite jane upasaṅkamitvā paripucchantoti attho. Budhaṃ jananti paṇḍitaṃ janaṃ. ‘‘Budhe jane’’tipi pāṭho. Paññāya pāraminti paññāya pāraṃ. ‘‘Paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā’’tipi pāṭho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
这时他又进一步思量:“不应该只靠这些成佛之法就够了。”接着观察到第五精进波罗蜜,心里这样想:“善慧智者,从今以后,你也要圆满精进波罗蜜。就像狮子、兽王在一切威仪中都有坚定的精进,同样,你在一切有、一切威仪中,也要精进坚定、不退不弱,这样才能成佛。”于是他坚定地受持第五精进波罗蜜。因此说:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya vīriyapāramimpi pūreyyāsi. Yathāpi sīho migarājā sabbairiyāpathesu daḷhavīriyo hoti, evaṃ tvampi sabbabhavesu sabbairiyāpathesu daḷhavīriyo anolīnavīriyo samāno buddho bhavissasī’’ti pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些成佛之法,并不是只有这么一点而已。
我还要探寻其余能成就菩提之法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我仔细观察,见到了第五种精进波罗蜜。
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你要先把这第五种坚定地受持起来,
想要证得菩提,就要去修精进波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ pañcamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Vīriyapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
就像兽王狮子,无论是坐着、站立还是经行时,
他的精进从不松懈,内心始终振作有力。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi sīho migarājā, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Alīnavīriyo hoti, paggahitamano sadā.
你要同样地在一切生命轮回中,坚定地提起精进。
修成精进波罗蜜之后,你就会证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, paggaṇha vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ; Vīriyapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
这里,“不懈怠的精进”就是不退缩的精进。“于一切生存界”是指已经投生过的每一个生存界,意思是于一切生存界中。还有一种版本写作:“发起精进之后,你将会证得正觉。”这里剩下的内容也都很容易理解。巴利
Tattha alīnavīriyoti anolīnavīriyo. Sabbabhaveti jātajātabhave, sabbesu bhavesūti attho. Āraddhavīriyo hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasītipi pāṭho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
这时他继续深入思惟:“不应该只靠这些成佛之法就够了”,看到第六忍耐波罗蜜时,心里这样想:“善慧贤者,从今以后你要圆满忍耐波罗蜜,无论别人恭敬你还是轻蔑你,都要安忍。就像大地一样,人们把干净的东西和不干净的东西都扔到上面,大地对它们既不贪著也不嗔恨,只是忍耐、承受、包容。同样,你面对一切恭敬和轻蔑都能安忍,就会成佛。”他这样坚固了第六忍耐波罗蜜,并下定决心。因此说道:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya khantipāramiṃ paripūreyyāsi, sammānanepi avamānanepi khamova bhaveyyāsi. Yathā hi pathaviyaṃ nāma sucimpi pakkhipanti asucimpi, na ca tena pathavī sinehaṃ vā paṭighaṃ vā karoti, khamati sahati adhivāsetiyeva, evameva tvampi sabbesaṃ sammānanāvamānanesu khamo samāno buddho bhavissasī’’ti chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些佛法,并不是只有这么一点点而已,将来还会有许多。
我还要探寻其余能成就菩提之法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时,在探寻之中,我照见了第六波罗蜜——忍耐巴拉密。
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你要先把这第六个牢牢地受持起来,
在那里,不动摇的心,你将会证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha advejjhamānaso, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
就像大地一样,无论对干净的东西还是脏东西,
就像大地一样,对一切被丢弃的东西都能忍受,不会因此生起嗔怒。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, sucimpi asucimpi ca; Sabbaṃ sahati nikkhepaṃ, na karoti paṭighaṃ tayā.
同样,你也要能忍受一切人的尊敬与轻蔑。
修成忍辱波罗蜜后,你将证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbesaṃ, sammānāvamānakkhamo; Khantipāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
这里说的“于此”,是指在那个忍辱波罗蜜当中。“心意不二”就是心意专一。“干净的”是指像栴檀、藏红花、香、花鬘等干净的东西。“不干净的”是指像蛇、狗、人尸、粪便、尿、唾沫、鼻涕等不干净的东西。“能忍受”就是能忍、能承受。“丢弃物”是指被丢弃的东西。“嗔怒”就是忿怒。“以此”是指以那种行为方式,或者是指以那种被丢弃的状态。也有读作“paṭighaṃ dayaṃ”的,意思是:因为那样丢弃,所以不随顺嗔怒。“能忍受一切尊敬与轻蔑”的意思是:你也能忍受一切人的尊敬和轻蔑。也有人读作“Tatheva tvampi sabbabhave, sammānanavimānakkhamo”,意思是:同样地,你在一切存在中,也能忍受尊敬和轻视。还有读作“Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvā”的,意思是:通过圆满那种忍辱而到达彼岸。这里其余的内容也都是浅显易懂的。从这以后,即使只有这么一点内容,也不再多说;哪里有不同的地方,就针对那个不同之处说明,并展示不同的读法,然后继续下去。巴利
Tattha tatthāti tassaṃ khantipāramiyaṃ. Advejjhamānasoti ekaṃsamānaso. Sucimpīti candanakuṅkumagandhamālādisucimpi. Asucimpīti ahikukkuramanussakuṇapagūthamuttakheḷasiṅghāṇikādiasucimpi. Sahatīti khamati, adhivāseti. Nikkhepanti nikkhittaṃ. Paṭighanti kodhaṃ. Tayāti tāya vuttiyā, tāya nikkhittatāya vā. ‘‘Paṭighaṃ daya’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa tena nikkhepena paṭighānurodhaṃ na karotīti attho. Sammānāvamānakkhamoti sabbesaṃ sammānanāvamānanasaho tvampi bhavāti attho. ‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbabhave, sammānanavimānakkhamo’’tipi paṭhanti. ‘‘Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvā’’tipi pāṭho, tassā khantiyā pāramipūraṇavasena gantvāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti. Ito paraṃ ettakampi avatvā yattha yattha viseso atthi, taṃ tameva vatvā pāṭhantaraṃ dassetvā gamissāmāti.
这时他又想:“不应该只靠这些成佛的功德就够了。”于是继续往上用心观察,见到了第七个真实波罗蜜,心里就这样想:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你也要圆满真实波罗蜜。就算霹雳落在头顶上,为了财物等利益,因为贪欲等烦恼,你也绝不可以故意说妄语。就像晨星在任何季节都不离开自己的轨道,不走别的轨道,只走自己的轨道;同样,你也不背离真实而去说妄语。这样不说妄语,你将来就会成佛。”他这样坚定地确立了第七真实波罗蜜,并下定决心。因此这样说:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya saccapāramimpi pūreyyāsi, asaniyā matthake patamānāyapi dhanādīnaṃ atthāya chandādīnaṃ vasena sampajānamusāvādaṃ nāma mā bhāsi. Yathāpi osadhītārakā nāma sabbautūsu attano gamanavīthiṃ vijahitvā aññāya vīthiyā na gacchati, sakavīthiyāva gacchati, evameva tvampi saccaṃ pahāya musāvādaṃ nāma avadantoyeva buddho bhavissasī’’ti sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些并不是仅有的成佛之法。
我还要探寻其余能成就菩提之法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我正仔细考察,见到了第七个谛波罗蜜。
过去那些大仙(佛陀)也一直反复亲近、修习过它。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你先把这第七个牢牢地受持。
在这其中,言语不二的人,你将证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ sattamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha advejjhavacano, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
就像所谓的药草,对包括天界在内的整个世界来说,是衡量一切的标准;
在适当的时节或雨季,它都不会偏离自己的轨道。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi osadhī nāma, tulābhūtā sadevake; Samaye utuvasse vā, na vokkamati vīthito.
同样地,你也不要偏离诸谛的轨道。
圆满修成真谛波罗蜜后,你将会证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvampi saccesu, mā vokkama hi vīthito; Saccapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
这里,“在种种情况下”指的是在谛波罗蜜中。“言语无二”就是说话不虚假。“药星”就是药星;人们看到药星升起,就去采集药材,所以它被称为“药星”。“作为衡量标准”意思是成为判断的尺度。“包括天神”指包括天神在内的世间。“时节”指雨季。“季节雨季”指冬季和夏季。也有写成“在时节与季节之际”的版本。其中“时节”指夏季,“季节雨季”指冬季和雨季,意思是这样。“不偏离轨道”指在各自的季节里,不偏离、不离开自己的运行轨道;六个月向西行,六个月向东行。或者所谓药,是指生姜、荜茇、胡椒等药物。“不偏离”指凡是能给予果实的药物,皆进入结果给予后,不未予果实而退转,必然给出自己的果实。“轨道”指运行轨道,祛胆汁者必祛胆汁、祛风者必祛风、祛痰者必祛痰,意思是这样。其余在此也是显明易懂的。巴利
Tattha tatthāti saccapāramiyaṃ. Advejjhavacanoti avitathavacano. Osadhī nāmāti osadhītārakā, osadhagahaṇe osadhītārakaṃ uditaṃ disvā osadhaṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā ‘‘osadhītārakā’’ti vuccati. Tulābhūtāti pamāṇabhūtā. Sadevaketi sadevakassa lokassa. Samayeti vassasamaye. Utuvasseti hemantagimhesu. ‘‘Samaye utuvaṭṭe’’tipi pāṭho. Tassa samayeti gimhe. Utuvaṭṭeti hemante ca vassāne cāti attho. Navokkamati vīthitoti taṃ taṃ utumhi attano gamanavīthito na vokkamati na vigacchati, cha māse pacchimaṃ disaṃ gacchati, cha māse pubbaṃ disaṃ gacchatīti. Atha vā osadhī nāmāti siṅgiverapipphalimaricādikaṃ osadhaṃ. Na vokkamatīti yaṃ yaṃ phaladānasamatthaṃ osadhaṃ, taṃ taṃ phaladānaṃ okkamma attano phalaṃ adatvā na nivattati. Vīthitoti gamanavīthito, pittaharo pittaṃ harateva, vātaharo vātaṃ harateva, semhaharo semhaṃ haratevāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
那时,他又进一步想:“不应该只靠这些成佛之法就够了。”于是看到了第八决意波罗蜜,心里生起这样的念头:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你也要圆满决意波罗蜜。你决意什么,就要在那决意上毫不动摇。就像一座山,即使四面八方的风都吹过来,也不摇动、不晃动,只安住在本位;同样,你也要在自己的决意上毫不动摇,这样你就会成佛。”于是他使第八决意波罗蜜坚固,并立下决意。因此这样说——巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhānapāramimpi pūreyyāsi, yaṃ adhiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ adhiṭṭhāne niccalo bhaveyyāsi, yathā pabbato nāma sabbadisāsu vāte paharantepi na kampati na calati, attano ṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati, evameva tvampi attano adhiṭṭhāne niccalo hontova buddho bhavissasī’’ti aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些并非仅仅如此,佛陀之法将会更多。
我还要探寻其余能成就菩提之法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我正观察寻觅,见到了第八决意波罗蜜。
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你先把这第八条牢牢确立起来,并受持奉行。
在那里,你只要保持不动摇,就能证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha tvaṃ acalo hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
就像一座石头山,稳稳立着不动摇;
强风也吹不动它,它就站在自己的位置上。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito; Na kampati bhusavātehi, sakaṭṭhāneva tiṭṭhati.
你也要就在那一点上坚定立心,任何时候都毫不动摇;
修成决意波罗蜜后,你就会证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Tattheva tvampi adhiṭṭhāne, sabbadā acalo bhava; Adhiṭṭhānapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
这里,selo 是指岩石构成的。acalo 是不动,niccalo 是不摇动。suppatiṭṭhito 是因为不动的缘故而很好地安立。也有这样的读法:犹如山,不动,深植而善为安立。bhusavātehi 是指强风,也就是猛烈的风。sakaṭṭhāneva 是指就在它自己的位置上,意思就是就在它原本安住的地方。剩下的内容在这里也是清楚明白的。巴利
Tattha seloti silāmayo. Acaloti niccalo suppatiṭṭhitoti acalattāva suṭṭhu patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Yathāpi pabbato acalo, nikhāto suppatiṭṭhito’’tipi pāṭho. Bhusavātehīti balavavātehi. Sakaṭṭhānevāti attano ṭhāneyeva, yathāṭhitaṭṭhāneyevāti attho. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
这时他又进一步思量:“不应该只靠这些成佛之法就够了。”当他看到第九种慈波罗蜜时,心里这样想:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你要圆满慈波罗蜜。对有益的人也好,对无益的人也好,你都要保持同一颗心。就像水,不论对恶人还是对善人,都一样以清凉的性质遍满;同样,你也要以慈心对待一切众生,保持同一颗心,将来成佛。”他这样下定决心,坚定地确立了第九种慈波罗蜜。因此说:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya mettāpāramiṃ pūreyyāsi, hitesupi ahitesupi ekacittova bhaveyyāsi. Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma pāpajanassapi kalyāṇajanassapi sītabhāvaṃ ekasadisaṃ katvā pharati, evameva tvampi sabbasattesu mettacittena ekacittova hutvā buddho bhavissasī’’ti navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些并不是仅有的成佛之法。
我还要继续寻找其他能成熟菩提的法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我正仔细寻找,见到了第九慈爱波罗蜜;
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你要先把这第九种牢牢记住并受持。
如果你想证得菩提,就要以慈心成为无人能比的人。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ navamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Mettāya asamo hoti, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.
就像水一样,对善人和恶人都一样。
清凉平等地遍洒,冲走尘垢污秽。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma, kalyāṇe pāpake jane; Samaṃ pharati sītena, pavāheti rajomalaṃ.
你要像那样,对有利者和不利者都平等地修习慈心。
修满慈波罗蜜后,你将证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ hitāhite, samaṃ mettāya bhāvaya; Mettāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
在这里,“无与伦比”的意思是:在修慈这件事上要无人能比。这里也有“你要成为完全平等”这种读法,意思很清楚。“平等”就是相同。“遍及”就是触及。“净化”就是清净。“尘”是指从外面来的灰尘。“垢”是指身体产生的汗垢之类。“尘垢”也有另一种读法,意思一样。“利与不利”是指有利的和不利的,也就是朋友和非朋友。“以慈修习”就是修慈、让它增长。这里剩下的内容也都很明白。巴利
Tattha asamo hohīti mettābhāvanāya asadiso hohi. Tattha ‘‘tvaṃ samasamo hohī’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānatthova. Samanti tulyaṃ. Pharatīti phusati. Pavāhetīti visodheti. Rajoti āgantukarajaṃ. Malanti sarīre uṭṭhitaṃ sedamalādiṃ. ‘‘Rajamala’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Hitāhiteti hite ca ahite ca, mitte ca amitte cāti attho. Mettāya bhāvayāti mettaṃ bhāvaya vaḍḍhehi. Sesametthāpi uttānamevāti.
这时他进一步思惟:“不应该只靠这些成佛之法就够了”,于是再往上观察,看到了第十个舍波罗蜜,心里这样想:“善慧贤者,从今以后,你要圆满舍波罗蜜,在乐中也好、苦中也好,都要保持中舍。就像大地一样,无论上面被投放干净的东西还是不干净的东西,它都只是保持中舍;同样,你在苦乐之中也要保持中舍,将来就会成佛。”他坚定地决意这第十个舍波罗蜜,立下誓愿。因此说道:巴利
Athassa ‘‘na ettakeheva buddhakārakadhammehi bhavitabba’’nti uttarimpi upadhārayato dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ disvā etadahosi – ‘‘sumedhapaṇḍita, tvaṃ ito paṭṭhāya upekkhāpāramiṃ paripūreyyāsi, sukhepi dukkhepi majjhattova bhaveyyāsi. Yathāpi pathavī nāma sucimpi asucimpi ca pakkhipamāne majjhattāva hoti, evameva tvampi sukhadukkhesu majjhattova honto buddho bhavissasī’’ti dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
这些佛法,并不是只有这么一点而已。
我还要继续寻找其他能成熟菩提的法。巴利
‘‘Na hete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā.
那时我仔细观察,见到了第十种——舍波罗蜜。
这是过去诸大仙所亲近修习的。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.
你要先把这第十个牢牢地确立起来,好好受持。
像秤一样稳固坚定之后,你就会证得正觉。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dasamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tulābhūto daḷho hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.
就像大地一样,无论人们把干净还是肮脏的东西丢在它上面,
对这两者都保持中舍,远离了愤怒与偏爱。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, nikkhittaṃ asuciṃ suciṃ; Upekkhati ubhopete, kopānunayavajjitā.
你要像天平一样,对苦与乐始终平等对待。
证得舍波罗蜜后,你将成就正觉。巴利
‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sukhadukkhe, tulābhūto sadā bhava; Upekkhāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī’’ti.
其中,“如秤中立”是指安住在中舍的状态。就像秤杆称量时平等地停住,不向下弯,也不向上翘;同样,你在苦乐当中也要像秤一样,这样才能证得正觉。“远离忿恨与随喜”是指远离嗔恚和贪着。也有一种读法是“远离悲悯与忿怒”,意思是一样的。其余内容,应当依照忍辱波罗蜜中已经说过的方式来了知。巴利
Tattha tulābhūtoti majjhattabhāve ṭhito yathā tulāya daṇḍo samaṃ tulito samaṃ tiṭṭhati, na namati na unnamati, evameva tvampi sukhadukkhesu tulāsadiso hutvā sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. Kopānunayavajjitāti paṭighānurodhavajjitā. ‘‘Dayākopavivajjitā’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Sesaṃ khantipāramiyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
善慧智者把十种波罗蜜法一一审察之后,又接着想:“在这个世间,菩萨应当圆满的、能成熟菩提、能成就佛果的法,就只有这些,再没有比这更多的了。而这些波罗蜜,不在上方虚空中,不在下方大地上,也不在东方等任何方向;它们只安住在我心脏的血肉之间。”他这样看到这些波罗蜜安住于自己心中之后,就把它们全部牢牢确定下来,反复不断地审察,顺着审察,逆着也审察;抓住末尾,推到开头;抓住开头,放到末尾;抓住中间,向两头推;抓住两头,向中间收。施舍外在财物,叫做波罗蜜;施舍身体肢节,叫做近波罗蜜;施舍生命,叫做究竟义波罗蜜。他这样审察十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟义波罗蜜,一共三十种波罗蜜,就像把双份的油反复搅动一样。当他审察十波罗蜜时,由于法的威力,这片宽广辽阔、厚达二十四万由旬的大地,就像被大象踩过的芦苇捆,又像被压榨的甘蔗榨机,发出巨大的轰鸣,震动、大震动、遍震动;又像陶匠的轮子、榨油的轮子一样旋转起来。因此说:巴利
Tato sumedhapaṇḍito ime dasa pāramidhamme vicinitvā tato paraṃ cintesi – ‘‘imasmiṃ loke bodhisattehi paripūretabbā bodhipācanā buddhattakarā dhammā ettakāyeva, na ito bhiyyo, imā pana pāramiyo uddhaṃ ākāsepi natthi, na heṭṭhā pathaviyampi, na puratthimādīsu disāsupi atthi, mayhaṃyeva pana hadayamaṃsantareyeva patiṭṭhitā’’ti. Evaṃ tāsaṃ attano hadaye patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ disvā sabbāpi tā daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya punappunaṃ sammasanto anulomapaṭilomaṃ sammasi, pariyante gahetvā ādimhi pāpesi, ādimhi gahetvā pariyante ṭhapesi, majjhe gahetvā ubhato osāpesi, ubhato koṭīsu gahetvā majjhe osāpesi. Bāhirabhaṇḍapariccāgo pāramiyo nāma, aṅgapariccāgo upapāramiyo nāma, jīvitapariccāgo paramatthapāramiyo nāmāti dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo yamakatelaṃ vinivaṭṭento viya sammasi. Tassa dasa pāramiyo sammasantassa dhammatejena catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā vipulā ayaṃ mahāpathavī hatthinā akkantanaḷakalāpo viya uppīḷiyamānaṃ ucchuyantaṃ viya ca mahāviravaṃ viravamānā saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi. Kulālacakkaṃ viya telayantacakkaṃ viya ca paribbhami. Tena vuttaṃ –
在这个世间,能让你觉悟成熟的法,就只有这么多。
除了这里,别处没有;你要在这里牢牢站稳。巴利
‘‘Ettakāyeva te loke, ye dhammā bodhipācanā; Tatuddhaṃ natthi aññatra, daḷhaṃ tattha patiṭṭhaha.
如实观照这些法的人,能看清它们各自的自性、作用和特相;
凭借法的威力,一万个世界的大地都震动了。巴利
‘‘Ime dhamme sammasato, sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇe; Dhammatejena vasudhā, dasasahassī pakampatha.
大地震动、轰鸣,就像被挤压的甘蔗榨机一样;
就像榨油机的轮子一样,大地这样震动着。巴利
‘‘Calatī ravatī pathavī, ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitaṃ; Telayante yathā cakkaṃ, evaṃ kampati medanī’’ti.
在这里,“只有这些”这句话,是为了说明前面指出的十种波罗蜜不多也不少。“在那之上”是指从这十种波罗蜜再往上就没有了。“此外”是指另外的东西,这个词的含义要从语法论典中去理解。意思是:除了这十种波罗蜜之外,再没有其他能成就佛果的成佛之法。“在其中”是指在十种波罗蜜当中。“坚住”是指确立、安住,也就是以圆满的方式安住其中。巴利
Tattha ettakāyevāti niddiṭṭhānaṃ dasannaṃ pāramitānaṃ anūnādhikabhāvassa dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatuddhanti tato dasapāramīhi uddhaṃ natthi. Aññatrāti aññaṃ, lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato gahetabbaṃ. Tato dasapāramito añño buddhakārakadhammo natthīti attho. Tatthāti tāsu dasasu pāramīsu. Patiṭṭhahāti patiṭṭha, paripūrento tiṭṭhāti attho.
“这些法”是指波罗蜜法。“正思惟”是指正在仔细审察;这里应当理解为表示不恭敬意义的属格。“以自性味之相”意思是:以被称为自性的味相来审察。“以法之威力”是指以简择波罗蜜的智慧威力。“大地”:“宝”就是珍宝,因为它持宝,或者宝被安置在这里,所以称为持宝地。那是什么?就是这片大地。“震动”就是震动了。意思是:当善慧贤者正在审择波罗蜜时,由于他智慧的力量,一万个世界震动了起来。巴利
Ime dhammeti pāramidhamme. Sammasatoti upaparikkhantassa, anādaratthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇeti sabhāvasaṅkhātena sarasalakkhaṇena sammasantassāti attho. Dhammatejenāti pāramipavicayañāṇatejena. Vasudhāti vasūti ratanaṃ vuccati, taṃ dhāreti dhīyati vā etthāti vasudhā . Kā sā? Medanī. Pakampathāti pakampittha. Sumedhapaṇḍite pana pāramiyo vicinante tassa ñāṇatejena dasasahassī pakampitthāti attho.
“震动”:以六种方式震动。“发出吼声”:发出响声,各种嘈杂声一起响。“像被挤压的甘蔗榨汁机”:就像被压榨的甘蔗榨汁机一样。也有写成“像被挤压的糖榨机”,意思一样。“在榨油机中”:就是在榨油的机器里。“如同轮子”:就像制轮工匠用的大轮盘机械。“如此”:正如榨油轮盘机械旋转、震动那样,这片大地也这样震动。这里剩下的文句都很浅显易懂。巴利
Calatīti chappakārā kampi. Ravatīti nadati vikūjati. Ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitanti nippīḷitaṃ ucchuyantaṃ viya. ‘‘Guḷayantaṃva pīḷita’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Telayanteti telapīḷanayante. Yathā cakkanti cakkikānaṃ mahācakkayantaṃ viya. Evanti yathā telapīḷanacakkayantaṃ paribbhamati kampati, evaṃ ayaṃ medanī kampatīti attho. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
大地这样震动的时候,可爱城的居民们正在供养世尊,却站都站不住,就像被踰健陀罗山吹来的大风打倒的大娑罗树一样,昏倒在地。陶工做的罐子等器物滚来滚去,互相碰撞,碎成了粉末。大众又怕又慌,来到导师面前问道:世尊,这是龙卷风吗?还是某种鬼神、夜叉或天神刮起的旋风?我们根本不知道。而且这里所有人都被恐惧折磨着。这世间到底要出恶事,还是要出善事?请您给我们讲讲这其中的缘由。巴利
Evaṃ mahāpathaviyā kampamānāya rammanagaravāsino manussā bhagavantaṃ parivisayamānā saṇṭhātuṃ asakkontā yugandharavātabbhāhatā mahāsālā viya mucchitā papatiṃsu. Ghaṭādīni kulālabhaṇḍāni pavaṭṭentāni aññamaññaṃ paharantāni cuṇṇavicuṇṇāni ahesuṃ. Mahājano bhītatasito satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho bhagavā ‘nāgāvaṭṭo ayaṃ, bhūtayakkhadevatāsu aññatarāvaṭṭo vā’ti na hi mayaṃ etaṃ jānāma. Api ca kho sabbopi ayaṃ mahājano bhayena upadduto, kiṃ nu kho imassa lokassa pāpakaṃ bhavissati, udāhu kalyāṇaṃ, kathetha no etaṃ kāraṇa’’nti pucchiṃsu.
这时,导师听完他们的话,说道:“你们不要害怕,不要忧虑,不会因为这个缘故而有危险。今天被我授记‘未来会成为名叫乔达摩的佛陀’的那位善慧智者,现在正在观照诸波罗蜜。当他观照的时候,由于法的威力,整个一万世界同时震动,并发出轰鸣。”因此,他说出下面的话:巴利
Atha satthā tesaṃ kathaṃ sutvā – ‘‘tumhe mā bhāyittha, mā kho cintayittha, natthi vo itonidānaṃ bhayaṃ, yo so mayā ajja sumedhapaṇḍito ‘anāgate gotamo nāma buddho bhavissatī’ti byākato, so idāni pāramiyo sammasati, tassa sammasantassa dhammatejena sakaladasasahassī lokadhātu ekappahārena kampati ceva viravati cā’’ti āha. Tena vuttaṃ –
所有在场的会众,都在佛陀的受供之处。
她浑身颤抖,昏倒在那里的大地上。巴利
‘‘Yāvatā parisā āsi, buddhassa parivesane; Pavedhamānā sā tattha, mucchitā seti bhūmiyaṃ.
几千个陶罐和几百个水壶,
在那里互相撞击,被碾得粉碎,搅成一团。巴利
‘‘Ghaṭānekasahassāni, kumbhīnañca satā bahū; Sañcuṇṇamathitā tattha, aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitā.
惊慌、颤抖、害怕,吓得心神摇荡、惶恐不安。
大众聚集到一起,来到燃灯佛跟前。巴利
‘‘Ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byathitamānasā; Mahājanā samāgamma, dīpaṅkaramupāgamuṃ.
世间将会变成什么样,是善还是恶?
整个世间都受到逼迫,具眼者啊,请你消除它。巴利
‘‘Kiṃ bhavissati lokassa, kalyāṇamatha pāpakaṃ; Sabbo upadduto loko, taṃ vinodehi cakkhuma.
那时,燃灯大牟尼让他们明白了。
你们要安心,不要害怕,在这大地震动的时候。巴利
‘‘Tesaṃ tadā saññāpesi, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni; Vissatthā hotha mā bhātha, imasmiṃ pathavikampane.
我今天授记说:他将在世间成佛。
他正确地思惟法,那过去诸胜者所修习的法。巴利
‘‘Yamahaṃ ajja byākāsiṃ, buddho loke bhavissati; Eso sammasatī dhammaṃ, pubbakaṃ jinasevitaṃ.
当他完整地观照法、观照成佛的境地时,
于是这一万世界的大地连同天界都震动了。巴利
‘‘Tassa sammasato dhammaṃ, buddhabhūmiṃ asesato; Tenāyaṃ kampitā pathavī, dasasahassī sadevake’’ti.
这里,“yāvatā”就是“有多少、凡所有”。“āsī”就是“曾有、有过”。也有写成“Yā tadā parisā āsī”的读法,其义为:凡那时在场站立的大众曾有。“pavedhamānā”就是“震动、颤抖”。“sā”指的就是那些大众。“tattha”指在那个供养的地方。“setī”就是“躺卧”。巴利
Tattha yāvatāti yāvatikā. Āsīti ahosi. ‘‘Yā tadā parisā āsī’’tipi pāṭho, tassa yā tattha parisā ṭhitā āsīti attho. Pavedhamānāti kampamānā. Sāti sā parisā. Tatthāti tasmiṃ parivesanaṭṭhāne. Setīti sayittha.
Ghaṭā 这个词指的是罐子们,语法上是主格形式,但表达的是属格的意思,也就是“许多千个罐子”的意思。Sañcuṇṇamathitā 指既被粉碎又被搅拌,也就是被搅拌得粉碎。Aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitā 指互相撞击。Ubbiggā 指内心惊慌恐惧。Tasitā 指生起了恐惧。Bhītā 指被恐惧吓住。Bhantā 指心在颤动,也就是心散乱了。这些词彼此都是同义词。Samāgammā 指聚集起来以后。或者也就是这个读法。巴利
Ghaṭāti ghaṭānaṃ, sāmiatthe paccattavacanaṃ, ghaṭānaṃ nekasahassānīti attho. Sañcuṇṇamathitāti cuṇṇā ceva mathitā ca, mathitasañcuṇṇāti attho. Aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitāti aññamaññaṃ pahaṭā. Ubbiggāti utrāsahadayā. Tasitāti sañjātatāsā. Bhītāti bhayabhītā. Bhantāti phandanamānasā, vibbhantacittāti attho. Sabbāni panetāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Samāgammāti samāgantvā. Ayameva vā pāṭho.
“被逼迫”就是被伤害、被破坏。“请消除它”就是请消除那种被逼迫的恐惧,意思是让它消失。“具眼者”就是具足五眼的人。“那时他们”就是那时那些人,这里用的是属格形式,但表达的是受格的意思。“令他们知道”就是让他们明白、让他们觉悟。“安心”就是心里已经放下、信任。“不要害怕”就是你们别恐惧。“我所……”就是我所说的那位善慧智者。“法”就是彼岸的法。“古代的”就是从前的。“诸胜者所修习的”意思是在菩萨时期,为诸胜者所修习。“佛地”就是彼岸的法。“因此”就是由于那种思惟之因。“震动”就是晃动。“连同天界”就是在有天神的世间。巴利
Upaddutoti upahato. Taṃ vinodehīti taṃ upaddutabhayaṃ vinodehi, vināsayāti attho. Cakkhumāti pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhuma. Tesaṃ tadāti te jane tadā, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Saññāpesīti ñāpesi bodhesi. Visatthāti vissatthacittā. Mā bhāthāti mā bhāyatha. Yamahanti yaṃ ahaṃ sumedhapaṇḍitaṃ. Dhammanti pāramidhammaṃ. Pubbakanti porāṇaṃ. Jinasevitanti jinehi bodhisattakāle sevitanti attho. Buddhabhūminti pāramidhammaṃ. Tenāti tena sammasanakāraṇena. Kampitāti calitā. Sadevaketi sadevake loke.
听完如来的话,大众满心欢喜,拿着花、香、涂香等物,从可爱城出来,走到菩萨跟前,用花、香等供养、礼拜、右绕之后,又回到了可爱城。随后,菩萨仔细思惟十种波罗蜜,坚定精进,立下决意,从座位上起身。因此才这样说:巴利
Tato mahājano tathāgatassa vacanaṃ sutvā haṭṭhatuṭṭho mālāgandhavilepanādīni ādāya rammanagarato nikkhamitvā bodhisattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mālāgandhādīhi pūjetvā vanditvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā rammanagarameva pāvisi. Atha kho bodhisatto dasa pāramiyo sammasitvā vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya nisinnāsanā vuṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
听完佛陀的话,我的心当下就寂静了。
他们全都来到我面前,又一次向我顶礼。巴利
‘‘Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, mano nibbāyi tāvade; Sabbe maṃ upasaṅkamma, punāpi maṃ abhivandisuṃ.
受持佛陀的功德,让心变得坚定之后;
那时,我礼敬了燃灯佛之后,就从座位上站了起来。巴利
‘‘Samādiyitvā buddhaguṇaṃ, daḷhaṃ katvāna mānasaṃ; Dīpaṅkaraṃ namassitvā, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā’’ti.
这里,“心意清凉”是说:大众因为大地震动而惊慌害怕,听了其中的原因之后,心意就清凉下来,达到了平静。这就是这个词的意思。“众人清凉”是另一种读法,意思很清楚。“正确地接受”就是正确地领受,也就是受持。“佛的功德”指诸波罗蜜。其余部分文义浅明。巴利
Tattha mano nibbāyīti mahājanassa pathavikampane ubbiggahadayassa tattha kāraṇaṃ sutvā mano nibbāyi, santiṃ agamāsīti attho. ‘‘Jano nibbāyī’’tipi pāṭho, so uttānoyeva. Samādiyitvāti sammā ādiyitvā, samādāyāti attho. Buddhaguṇanti pāramiyo. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
这时,菩萨——那位为一切众生所珍爱的菩萨——从座位上站起来。整个一万个世界的天神都聚集过来,用天界的花、香等物品供养他,说道:“尊者善慧苦行者,今天您在燃灯佛、十力者的足下发下了伟大的誓愿。愿这个誓愿毫无障碍地实现,愿您在那里没有恐惧,也没有惊慌。愿您身上连一点点病都不要生起,愿您快快圆满诸波罗蜜,证悟正等正觉。就像那些应时开花、应时结果的树,到了时候就开花结果一样,您也不要错过那个时机,快快证得菩提。”他们说了这些赞叹和吉祥的话。说完之后,向菩萨顶礼,就各自回到自己的天界住处去了。菩萨被天神们这样赞叹之后,心想:“我要圆满十波罗蜜,在四阿僧祇又十万劫之后成佛。”于是他坚定精进,下定决心,腾空而起,前往群仙所住的雪山。因此说:巴利
Atha kho bodhisattaṃ dayitasabbasattaṃ āsanā vuṭṭhahantaṃ sakaladasasahassacakkavāḷadevatā sannipatitvā dibbehi mālāgandhādīhi pūjetvā – ‘‘ayya sumedhatāpasa, tayā ajja dīpaṅkaradasabalassa pādamūle mahati patthanā patthitā, sā te anantarāyena samijjhatu, mā te tattha bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā ahosi. Sarīre te appamattakopi rogo mā uppajjatu, khippaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambodhiṃ paṭivijjha. Yathā pupphūpagaphalūpagā rukkhā samaye pupphanti ceva phalanti ca, tatheva tvampi taṃ samayaṃ anatikkamitvā khippaṃ sambodhiṃ phusassū’’tiādīni thutimaṅgalāni payirudāhaṃsu, evaṃ payirudāhitvā bodhisattaṃ abhivādetvā attano attano devaṭṭhānameva agamaṃsu. Bodhisattopi devatāhi abhitthuto – ‘‘ahaṃ dasa pāramiyo pūretvā kappasatasahassādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake buddho bhavissāmī’’ti vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāya ākāsamabbhuggantvā isigaṇavantaṃ himavantaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
天界与人间的花,天人及人间众生,此二类。
他们用花朵撒向从座位上起身者。巴利
‘‘Dibbaṃ mānusakaṃ pupphaṃ, devā mānusakā ubho; Samokiranti pupphehi, vuṭṭhahantassa āsanā.
天与人这两类众生都向你祝颂平安吉祥。
你所渴望的殊胜大愿,愿你如愿获得。巴利
‘‘Vedayanti ca te sotthiṃ, devā mānusakā ubho; Mahantaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, taṃ labhassu yathicchitaṃ.
愿一切灾祸都远离,忧愁和疾病都消失;
愿障碍不要出现在你身上,愿你快快触证无上菩提。巴利
‘‘Sabbītiyo vivajjantu, soko rogo vinassatu; Mā te bhavantvantarāyā, phusa khippaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ.
就像到了时节,开花的树就纷纷绽放;
同样地,大雄,愿你以佛陀的智慧绽放。巴利
‘‘Yathāpi samaye patte, pupphanti pupphino dumā; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, buddhañāṇehi pupphasu.
就像任何一位正自觉者,都曾圆满十波罗蜜;
同样地,大雄啊,请你圆满十种波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, pūrayuṃ dasapāramī; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, pūraya dasapāramī.
正如一切正自觉者,于菩提道场觉悟;
大雄啊,你也要同样地在胜者菩提上觉悟。巴利
‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, bodhimaṇḍamhi bujjhare; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, bujjhassu jinabodhiyaṃ.
就像任何正自觉者们转动法轮那样,
就像那样,大雄,请你转动法轮。巴利
‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayuṃ; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, dhammacakkaṃ pavattaya.
就像月圆之夜,月亮清净明亮地照耀着;
同样地,圆满心者,你照耀一万个世界吧。巴利
‘‘Puṇṇamāye yathā cando, parisuddho virocati; Tatheva tvaṃ puṇṇamano, viroca dasasahassiyaṃ.
就像太阳摆脱了罗睺的遮蔽,凭自身的光辉格外明亮。
就像这样,你解脱了世间之后,以自己的光辉照耀吧。巴利
‘‘Rāhumutto yathā sūriyo, tāpena atirocati; Tatheva lokā muccitvā, viroca siriyā tuvaṃ.
就像每一条河流,都会流入大海;
就像这样,愿含天神的世间都归向您的跟前。巴利
‘‘Yathā yā kāci nadiyo, osaranti mahodadhiṃ; Evaṃ sadevakā lokā, osarantu tavantike.
他受到他们的赞叹,不被轻视,受持了十种法;
那时,他圆满着这些法,进入了森林。巴利
‘‘Tehi thutappasattho so, dasa dhamme samādiya; Te dhamme paripūrento, pavanaṃ pāvisī tadā’’ti.
在这里,“嬉戏”是指天人们取来曼陀罗花、巴利恰答咖花、散陀那咖花、库瑟萨亚等天界之花,而人类则取来人间之花。“洒下”的意思是“他们从上方洒向我”。“正在起身的人”就是指“正在起身的时候”。“告知”的意思是“他们告知、让人知道”。“吉祥”就是指“安稳无事”。接下来,为了说明所告知的内容,说了“你所希求的大目标”等。然而,须弥陀智者,你所希求的是大位,愿你如愿获得它。巴利
Tattha dibbanti mandāravapāricchattakasantānakusesayādikaṃ dibbakusumaṃ devā mānusakā ca mānusapupphaṃ gahetvāti attho. Samokirantīti mamopari samokiriṃsūti attho. Vuṭṭhahantassāti vuṭṭhahato. Vedayantīti nivedayiṃsu saññāpesuṃ. Sotthinti sotthibhāvaṃ. Idāni vedayitākāradassanatthaṃ ‘‘mahantaṃ patthitaṃ tuyha’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tayā pana, sumedhapaṇḍita, mahantaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthitaṃ, taṃ yathāpatthitaṃ labhassūti attho.
一切灾祸,愿它们都远离。忧愁和疾病,愿它们都消灭。愿你的障碍都不存在。去证得、达到、获得觉悟吧。这觉悟指的是阿罗汉道智,也可以指一切知智。称它为“最上”,是因为它能带来一切佛陀的功德,所以阿罗汉道智被称为“最上”。巴利
Sabbītiyoti entīti ītiyo, sabbā ītiyo sabbītiyo, upaddavā. Vivajjantūti mā hontu. Soko rogo vinassatūti socanasaṅkhāto soko rujanasaṅkhāto rogo ca vinassatu. Teti tava. Mā bhavantvantarāyāti mā bhavantu antarāyā. Phusāti adhigaccha pāpuṇāhi. Bodhinti arahattamaggañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇampi vaṭṭati. Uttamanti seṭṭhaṃ sabbabuddhaguṇadāyakattā arahattamaggañāṇaṃ ‘‘uttama’’nti vuttaṃ.
Samayeti 的意思是:在那种树开花的时节到来。Pupphino 指正在开花的树。Buddhañāṇehi 指以十八种佛陀之智。Pupphasū 指花的。Pūrayuṃ 指他们填充。Pūrayā 指使完全充满。Bujjhare 指他们觉醒了。Jinabodhiyaṃ 指在胜者诸佛的菩提树下,意思是在一切知菩提树下。Puṇṇamāye 指在满月日。Puṇṇamano 指愿望圆满的人。巴利
Samayeti tassa tassa rukkhassa pupphanasamaye sampatteti attho. Pupphinoti pupphanakā. Buddhañāṇehīti aṭṭhārasahi buddhañāṇehi. Pupphasūti pupphassu. Pūrayunti pūrayiṃsu. Pūrayāti paripūraya. Bujjhareti bujjhiṃsu. Jinabodhiyanti jinānaṃ buddhānaṃ bodhiyā, sabbaññubodhimūleti attho. Puṇṇamāyeti puṇṇamāsiyaṃ. Puṇṇamanoti paripuṇṇamanoratho.
从罗睺索巴那之子那里解脱,就是从罗睺索巴那之子那里解脱。“以热”,就是以燃烧、以光明。“从世间解脱出来”,意思是说不再被世间法所沾染。“光辉照耀”,就是离垢。“以荣光”,就是以佛陀的威光。“流入”,就是进入大海。“愿他们到达”,就是愿他们前来。“你的近旁”,就是你的身边。“被那些”,就是被那些天神。“被称颂赞叹”,就是既被称颂又被赞叹,或者说被燃灯佛等值得称颂者所赞叹,所以叫“被称颂赞叹”。“十种法”,就是十种波罗蜜法。“林中”,就是大森林,意思是进入法山的大森林。其余诸偈显然也是如此。巴利
Rāhumuttoti rāhunā sobbhānunā mutto. Tāpenāti patāpena, ālokena. Lokā muccitvāti lokadhammehi alitto hutvāti attho. Virocāti virāja. Siriyāti buddhasiriyā. Osarantīti mahāsamuddaṃ pavisanti. Osarantūti upagacchantu. Tavantiketi tava santikaṃ. Tehīti devehi. Thutappasatthoti thuto ceva pasattho ca, thutehi vā dīpaṅkarādīhi pasatthoti thutappasattho. Dasa dhammeti dasa pāramidhamme. Pavananti mahāvanaṃ, dhammikapabbate mahāvanaṃ pāvisīti attho. Sesagāthā suuttānā evāti.